As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2003
                                                     Registration No. 333-104226
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                        --------------------------------
                        PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                        --------------------------------

                          COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.
                        --------------------------------
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its charter)


                                                        
           Maryland                         6035                    36-4526348
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction      (Primary standard industrial  (I.R.S. employer
of incorporation or organization)  classification code number)   identification number)


                              240 South Main Street
                          Madisonville, Kentucky 42431
                                 (270) 821-7211
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices
                        and principal place of business)

                           William M. Tandy, President
                           and Chief Executive Officer
                          Community First Bancorp, Inc.
                              240 South Main Street
                          Madisonville, Kentucky 42431
                                 (270) 821-7211
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:

        James C. Stewart, Esquire                Cynthia A. Shafer, Esquire
        Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC            Vorys, Sater, Seymour and Pease LLP
1100 New York Avenue, N.W., Suite 340 West   221 East Fourth Street, Suite 2000
          Washington, D.C. 20005                   Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
              (202) 434-4671                           (513) 723-4009

         Approximate date of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable
after this registration statement becomes effective.

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] _____________

         If this  Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering.
[ ] ____________

         If this  Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering.
[ ] ____________

         If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. [ ]



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Title of Each Class          Dollar           Proposed Maximum          Proposed Maximum
   of Securities To Be        Amount To           Offering Price               Aggregate             Amount Of
       Registered           Be Registered            Per Share              Offering Price       Registration Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      
Common Stock, $0.01           $2,314,380              $10.00                 $2,314,380(1)          $187.21(2)
par value
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  Estimated  solely  for the  purpose of  calculating  the  registration  fee
     pursuant to Rule 457(d).
(2)  Previously Paid


         The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective  on such  date  as the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



PROSPECTUS
Up to 231,438 Shares of Common Stock
                                                   COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.
                                      (Holding Company for Community First Bank)
                                                           240 South Main Street
                                                    Madisonville, Kentucky 42431
                                                                  (270) 821-7211
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Community  First Bank is converting from a federally  chartered  mutual
savings  bank  to a  federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank.  As part of the
conversion,  Community  First  Bank will  become a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of
Community  First  Bancorp,  Inc.,  which was formed by the Bank in 2003 for this
purpose.  The  common  stock of the  Company  is being  offered to the public in
accordance with a plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must be approved by
the Office of Thrift  Supervision  and by a majority of the votes eligible to be
cast by the current  members of Community  First Bank.  The offering will not go
forward if Community First Bank does not receive these approvals.

         The  shares  of  common  stock  are first  being  offered  pursuant  to
nontransferable subscription rights in a Subscription Offering. Depositors as of
certain  eligibility dates will receive  subscription  rights.  Shares of common
stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in
a community  offering  with  preference  given to residents  of Hopkins  County,
Kentucky. Unsold shares may be offered to the general public through a syndicate
of  broker-dealers  formed and managed by Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. Keefe,
Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. is not  required to sell any  specific  number or dollar
amount of shares but will use their best efforts to sell the shares offered.

         The deadline for ordering  stock is 12:00 noon,  central  time, on June
__, 2003, and may be extended to __________ __, 2003. The minimum purchase is 25
shares  (minimum  investment of $250).  All funds submitted shall be placed in a
segregated  deposit  account at Community First Bank until the shares are issued
or the funds are returned. No stock will be sold if the Company does not receive
orders for at least 148,750 shares.

         There is  currently  no public  market for the stock.  Community  First
Bancorp,  Inc.  anticipates  that the stock  will be quoted on the OTC  Bulletin
Board under the symbol "CFBI."

                                TERMS OF OFFERING

An  independent  appraiser  has  estimated  the  market  value of the  converted
Community First Bank to be between $1,487,500 and $2,012,500,  which establishes
the  number of shares to be  offered  at a price of $10 per  share.  Subject  to
Office of Thrift Supervision  approval,  up to 231,438 shares, an additional 15%
above the maximum number of shares, may be offered. Based on these estimates, we
are making the following offering of shares of common stock:



                                                                     
      o   Price Per Share:                                                      $10.00
      o   Number of Shares Minimum/Maximum, as adjusted:                        148,750 to 231,438
      o   Offering Expenses:                                                    $285,000
      o   Net Proceeds to the Company Minimum/Maximum, as adjusted:             $1,202,500 to $2,029,380
      o   Net Proceeds Per Share Minimum/Maximum, as adjusted:                  $8.09 to $8.77


      Please refer to Risk Factors beginning on page 1 of this document.

These  securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Neither  the   Securities  and  Exchange   Commission,   the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision,  nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of
these  securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For information on how to subscribe, call the Stock Information Center at (___) ___-____.


                          KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
                   The date of this Prospectus is May __, 2003



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Questions and Answers About the Conversion Stock Offering.................   (i)
Summary...................................................................  (iv)
Selected Financial and Other Data.........................................(viii)
Risk Factors..............................................................     1
Forward Looking Statements................................................     7
Proposed Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers....................     8
Community First Bancorp, Inc..............................................     9
Community First Bank......................................................     9
Use of Proceeds...........................................................    11
Dividends.................................................................    12
Market for the Common Stock...............................................    13
Capitalization............................................................    14
Historical and Pro Forma Capital Compliance...............................    15
Pro Forma Data............................................................    16
The Conversion............................................................    19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
     of Operations........................................................    33
Business of Community First Bancorp, Inc. ................................    41
Business of Community First Bank..........................................    42
Regulation................................................................    62
Taxation..................................................................    69
Management of Community First Bancorp, Inc................................    70
Management of Community First Bank........................................    71
Restrictions on Acquisitions of Community First Bancorp, Inc..............    76
Description of Capital Stock..............................................    83
Legal and Tax Matters.....................................................    84
Experts...................................................................    84
Where You Can Find Additional Information.................................    85
Index to Financial Statements.............................................    86
Glossary..................................................................   A-1



                            [MAP TO BE INSERTED HERE]



                   QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE CONVERSION
                                 STOCK OFFERING

Q:   What is a mutual to stock conversion?

A:   The conversion is a change in the Bank's form of  organization.  Currently,
     we  operate  as  a  federally   chartered   mutual  savings  bank  with  no
     stockholders.  As a  result  of the  conversion,  the  Bank  will  become a
     federally  chartered stock savings bank and wholly owned  subsidiary of the
     Company. As part of our conversion, the Company is offering for sale shares
     of its common stock.

Q:   What is the purpose of the conversion and the offering?

A:   As a stock savings bank operating through a holding company  structure,  we
     will have the ability to plan and develop  long-term growth and improve our
     future access to the capital markets.  The stock offering will increase our
     capital  and the  amount of funds  available  to the Bank for  lending  and
     investment  activities.  This will give us greater flexibility to diversify
     operations  and  expand  our  branch  network if we choose to do so. If the
     Company's  earnings are  sufficient  in the future,  you might also receive
     dividends and benefit from the long-term appreciation of our stock price.

Q:   How many shares of stock will be sold?

A:   Between 148,750 and 201,250 shares of common stock will be sold. The number
     of shares to be sold may be increased  to 231,438  shares  without  further
     notice to you,  subject  to  receipt  of  approval  of the Office of Thrift
     Supervision,  if market or financial  conditions change prior to completion
     of the conversion.

Q:   At what price will the shares be sold?

A:   The shares will be sold at $10.00 per share.  This price was  determined by
     our  Board  of  Directors  and is the  price  most  commonly  used in stock
     offerings  involving  conversions  of  mutual  savings   institutions.   In
     addition,  the  Board  believed  that the  price  was such that many of our
     depositors and borrowers would be able to participate in the Offering.

Q:   How do I purchase the stock?

A:   You must complete and return the Stock  Order and Certification  Form to us
     together  with your payment or your  authorization  for  withdrawal  of the
     payment  amount from an account you have with us, on or before noon on June
     __, 2003. See pages __ to __.


                                        i



Q:   How much stock may I purchase?

A:   The minimum purchase is 25 shares (or $250).

     Subject  to the  maximum  purchase  limit of the  lesser of  10,000  shares
     ($100,000) or 5% of the total number of shares sold,  each  depositor as of
     the  Eligibility  Record  Date  (December  31,  2001)  or the  Supplemental
     Eligibility  Record Date (March 31,  2003) will have the right to subscribe
     for up to the number of shares equal to the greater of the following:

     o    5,000 shares ($50,000); or

     o    a percentage of the shares offered equal to 15 times the percentage of
          total qualifying deposits the depositor held on the Eligibility Record
          Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as the case may be.

     Under this  formula,  depositors  with large  balances  may be  entitled to
     purchase more than 5,000 shares.  If you are interested in purchasing  more
     than 5,000 shares and had more than $38,000 on deposit with the Bank on the
     Eligibility  Record Date or Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date,  please
     contact the Stock Information Center.  No person or group of  persons  will
     be permitted to purchase more than 10,000 shares.

     See pages __ to __.

     If shares are sold in a Community  Offering,  the maximum  number of shares
     that may be purchased by any party in the Community Offering, when combined
     with the number of shares  purchased by other parties with whom your shares
     may be aggregated is 5,000 shares ($50,000). See pages __ to __.

     In  certain  instances,  your  purchase  might  be  grouped  together  with
     purchases by persons with other  accounts  with whom you are  affiliated or
     related. In that event the aggregate purchases may not exceed the lesser of
     10,000  shares  ($100,000)  or 5% of the total number of shares  sold.  See
     pages __ to __.

Q:   What happens if there are not enough shares to fill all orders?

A:   You might not receive any or all of the shares you want to purchase.  If we
     receive  offers for more shares than we have  available to sell,  the stock
     will be offered on a priority basis to the following persons:

     o    Eligible  Account  Holders - Persons who had a deposit account with us
          on December 31, 2001 with a balance of at least $50.00.  Any remaining
          shares will be offered to:

                                       ii



     o    Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders -  Persons  who had a deposit
          account  with us on March 31, 2003 with a balance of at least  $50.00.
          Any remaining shares will be offered to:

     o    Other Members - Other depositors of ours, as of May __, 2003.

     If the above persons do not subscribe for all of the shares,  the remaining
     shares  will be offered  to certain  members  of the  general  public  with
     preference given to people who live in Hopkins County,  Kentucky. See pages
     __ to __.

Q:   What particular  factors should I consider when deciding  whether or not to
     buy the stock?

A:   We have  experienced  losses for the past several years and cannot give you
     any assurance that we will become profitable after the conversion.  Because
     of the  small  size of the  Offering,  there is not  likely to be an active
     market for the shares, which may make it difficult to resell any shares you
     may own. Before you decide to purchase stock, you should also read the Risk
     Factors section beginning on page 1 of this document.

Q:   As a depositor member of Community First Bank, what will happen if I do not
     purchase any stock?

A:   You presently have voting rights while we are in the mutual form;  however,
     once we convert to the stock form you will lose your voting  rights  unless
     you purchase stock.  You are not required to purchase  stock.  Your deposit
     account,  certificate  accounts  and any loans you may have with us will be
     not be affected. See pages __ to __.

Q:   Who can help  answer  any  other  questions  I may  have  about  the  stock
     offering?

A:   In order to make an  informed  investment  decision,  you should  read this
     entire document. In addition, you should contact:

                            Stock Information Center
                          Community First Bancorp, Inc.
                              240 South Main Street
                             Madisonville, Kentucky
                                (270) ___________


                                       iii



                                     SUMMARY


         This summary highlights selected information from this document and may
not contain all the  information  that is  important to you. To  understand  the
stock offering fully, you should read carefully this entire document,  including
the financial  statements and the notes to the financial statements of Community
First  Bank.  References  in this  document  to  "we,"  "us,"  and  "our"  refer
collectively to Community First Bancorp, Inc. and Community First Bank.

         This document contains  forward-looking  statements which involve risks
and  uncertainties.  The Company's actual results may differ  significantly from
the results  discussed in the forward-  looking  statements.  Factors that might
cause such a  difference  include,  but are not limited to,  those  discussed in
"Risk Factors" beginning on page 1 of this document.

         Please  see the  Glossary  beginning  on page  A-1 for the  meaning  of
capitalized terms that are not defined in this document.

Community First Bancorp, Inc.

         Community  First  Bancorp,  Inc. was formed in March 2003 as a Maryland
corporation to become the holding  company for Community First Bank. The Company
is not an operating  company and has not engaged in any significant  business to
date. The holding company structure will provide greater flexibility in terms of
operations, expansion and diversification. See page ___.

Community First Bank

         We are a community and  customer-oriented  federal  mutual savings bank
with one office located in Madisonville, Kentucky. We were originally founded in
1923 as a  Kentucky-chartered  building and loan  association and converted to a
federally  chartered  savings bank in 2002.  Our primary market area consists of
the City of Madisonville and Hopkins County.

         The  Bank has  historically  followed  a  traditional  thrift  business
strategy  using  local  deposits  to fund  residential  first  mortgages  in its
immediate  market  area.  Beginning  in 1998,  our net  interest  income  became
inadequate to cover our expenses and we started  incurring  operating losses. We
attribute these losses to our declining share of the local mortgage market,  the
low yield on our other  earning  assets and our high cost of  deposits.  In late
2001, the Bank hired a new president and chief executive officer with experience
in bank  turn-arounds.  Under our new  president,  we have  worked to expand our
products and services and improve our market  presence and portfolio  yield.  In
order to  restore  the Bank to  ongoing  profitability,  however,  the  Board of
Directors believes that it is essential to increase the Bank's capital. With the
additional  capital raised in this  offering,  the Bank will be in a position to
increase its earning assets and expand its business operations.

         At December 31, 2002, we had total assets of $30.0 million, deposits of
$28.1 million, and total equity of $1.7 million. See page __.

                                       iv



The Stock Offering

         The Company is offering  between  147,500 and 201,250  shares of common
stock at  $10.00  per  share.  Subject  to  approval  by the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision,  the number of shares to be sold may be increased to 231,438 shares
without further notice to you if market or financial  conditions change prior to
completion of the conversion.

Stock Purchases

         The  Company  is  first  offering  its  shares  of  common  stock  in a
Subscription  Offering to depositor members as of certain eligibility dates. The
shares of common stock will be offered on the basis of priorities. Any remaining
shares may be offered  in a  Community  Offering  or in a  Syndicated  Community
Offering. See pages __ to __.

Subscription Rights

         You may not sell or assign your  subscription  rights.  Any transfer of
subscription   rights  is  prohibited  by  law.  All  persons  exercising  their
subscription  rights will be required to certify that they are purchasing shares
solely for their own account and that they have no  agreement  or  understanding
regarding the sale or transfer of the shares they are  purchasing.  We intend to
pursue any and all remedies in the event that we become aware of the transfer of
any subscription  rights. We will reject orders that we determine to involve the
transfer of such rights.

The Offering Range and Determination of the Price Per Share

         The  offering  range is based on an  independent  appraisal  of the pro
forma  market  value of the common  stock by Feldman  Financial  Advisors,  Inc.
("Feldman  Financial"),  an appraisal firm  experienced in appraisals of savings
institutions. The pro forma market value of the shares is our market value after
giving  effect to the sale of shares in this  offering.  Feldman  Financial  has
estimated  that in its opinion as of March 17, 2003,  such value ranged  between
$1.488  million  and $2.013  million  (with a midpoint  of $1.75  million)  (the
"Estimated Valuation Range"). The appraisal was based in part upon our financial
condition and operations and the effect of the additional  capital raised by the
sale of common stock in this offering. The $10.00 price per share was determined
by our Board of Directors and is the price most commonly used in stock offerings
involving  conversions  of mutual  savings  institutions.  The appraisal will be
updated prior to the  consummation of the  conversion.  If the updated pro forma
market value of the common stock is either below $1.488  million or above $2.314
million,  we will  notify  you and you will  have the  opportunity  to modify or
cancel your order. See pages __ to __.

Deadline for Submitting Stock Orders

         The Subscription  Offering will terminate at 12:00 p.m.,  Central Time,
on ___________,  2003. The Community Offering, if any, may terminate at any time
without  notice  but  no  later  than  45  days  after  the  completion  of  the
Subscription   Offering   (___________,   2003  assuming  no  extension  of  the
Subscription Offering) without approval by the OTS.

                                        v



Benefits to Management from the Offering or Within One Year Thereafter

         In order to tie our employees' and directors'  interests  closer to our
stockholders'  interests,  we intend to establish certain benefit plans that use
our  stock as  compensation.  Officers,  directors,  and  employees  will not be
required to pay cash in exchange for  restricted  shares but will be required to
pay the exercise price to exercise options.

         The following table presents information  regarding the participants in
each plan, total amount, the percentage,  and the dollar value of the stock that
we intend to set aside for our stock- based  incentive  plans.  The  stock-based
incentive  plans may not be adopted for at least six months  after the  offering
and must be approved  by a majority  vote of the  stockholders.  The table below
assumes the sale of 175,000 shares in the offering. It is assumed that the value
of the stock in the table is $10 per share.  Options are given no value  because
their  exercise price will be equal to the fair market value of the stock on the
day the options are  granted.  As a result,  anyone who  receives an option will
only  benefit from the option if the price of the stock rises above the exercise
price.  See  pages  __  to  __  for  more  information,   including   regulatory
restrictions on the maximum amount of benefits  participants may receive and the
rate at which benefits may be earned under the incentive plans.


                                      Estimated                Percentage of
                                        Value      Number     Total Shares Sold
                     Participants     of Shares   of Shares    in the Offering
                     ------------     ---------   ---------    ---------------
  Stock Awards...... Officers and
                     Directors        $70,000       7,000               4.0%
  Stock Options..... Officers,
                     Directors and
                     Employees             --      17,500              10.0
                                      -------      ------              ----
     Total..........                  $70,000      24,500              14.0%
                                      =======      ======              ====

         As a public company,  it is important for us to reassure our management
of our commitment to their  employment  with Community  First Bank. With this in
mind,     some    of    our    employees    will    receive     employment    or
severance/change-in-control agreements. The agreements provide that if Community
First  Bancorp,  Inc. or  Community  First Bank is acquired  and the employee is
terminated, the employee will receive a cash payment. If a payment had been made
under these agreements as of December 31, 2002, the aggregate payment would have
equaled  approximately  $534,000.  Participants in our stock-based benefit plans
may also receive benefits if the Company or the Bank is acquired.

Use of the Proceeds from the Sale of Common Stock

         The Company  will use all but 5% the net  proceeds to purchase  all the
capital  stock to be  issued by the Bank in the  conversion.  The  Company  will
retain the balance of the funds as its initial capitalization.  These funds will
serve as a source of funds for the payment of ongoing

                                       vi



expenses,  and for general  corporate  purposes.  The Bank will use the funds it
receives in its ongoing banking business. See pages __ to __.

Dividends

         The Board of Directors  plans to retain future  earnings for the future
growth of the Bank.  Accordingly,  the Board of  Directors  does not  anticipate
paying cash dividends for the immediate  future  following the  conversion.  The
Board may review  periodically the possible  adoption of a dividend  policy.  We
cannot assure you, however,  when, or if, we will ultimately decide to establish
a cash dividend policy. See page __.

Market for the Common Stock

         The  Company  anticipates  that the common  stock will be traded in the
over-the-counter  market and  quotations  will be  available on the OTC Bulletin
Board.  The Company has requested  that Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. agree to
match offers to buy and sell the common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has
no  obligation  to match  offers to buy and sell and may  cease  doing so at any
time. Since the size of the offering is small, it is unlikely that an active and
liquid trading  market for the shares will develop and be maintained.  Investors
should therefore have a long-term  investment intent.  Persons purchasing shares
may not be able to sell their shares when they desire or to sell them at a price
equal to or above $10.00. See page __.

Important Risks in Owning the Company's Common Stock

         Before you decide to purchase  stock in the  offering,  you should read
the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page one of this document.

                                       vii



                        SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

         The  selected  data  presented  below  under  the  captions   "Selected
Financial  Condition  Data"  and  "Selected  Operations  Data" as of and for the
periods  ending  December  31,  2002 and  2001,  are  derived  from the  audited
financial  statements of Community  First Bank.  The financial  statements as of
December 31, 2002 and 2001 and for the years then ended are  included  elsewhere
in this Prospectus.

Selected Financial Condition Data

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  concerning  our
financial position at the dates indicated.

                                                       At December 31,
                                                   ------------------------
                                                    2002             2001
                                                   -------          -------
                                                        (In thousands)

Assets.......................................      $29,968          $29,530
Loans receivable, net........................       25,710           22,158
Cash and cash equivalents....................          758            2,307
Investment securities:
     Available-for-sale......................           --              754
     Held-to-maturity........................        1,902            3,070
Deposits.....................................       28,128           26,611
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank.........           --            1,000
Total equity.................................        1,749            1,838

Regulatory Capital:
     Tangible capital........................        1,749            1,838
     Core capital............................        1,749            1,838
     Total risk-based capital................        1,855            1,948

Number of offices............................            1                1

Selected Operations Data

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  concerning  our
results of operations for the periods shown.



                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                                           -----------------------
                                                              2002       2001
                                                             -------    -------
                                                               (In thousands)
                                                                 
Interest income ..........................................   $ 1,941    $ 2,018
Interest expense .........................................       961      1,234
                                                             -------    -------
     Net interest income .................................       980        784
Provision for loan losses ................................        18         94
                                                             -------    -------
     Net interest income after provision for loan losses .       962        690
Other income .............................................        73        130
Other expenses ...........................................     1,109        978
                                                             -------    -------
     Loss before federal income tax expense (benefit) ....       (74)      (158)
Federal income tax expense (benefit) .....................        10        (33)
                                                             -------    -------
     Net loss ............................................   $   (84)   $  (125)
                                                             =======    =======

                                      viii


Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data

         The table below sets forth  certain  performance  ratios for us for the
periods indicated.




                                                                                                           At or for the
                                                                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                                      -----------------------
                                                                                                      2002              2001
                                                                                                     ------            ------
Performance Ratios:
                                                                                                               
   Return on average assets (net loss divided by average total assets)..................              (0.28)%          (0.43)%
   Return on average equity (net loss divided by average equity)........................              (4.50)           (6.41)
   Interest rate spread (combined weighted average interest rate earned
       less combined weighted average interest rate cost)...............................                3.44             2.73
   Net interest margin (net interest income divided by average interest-earning
       assets)..........................................................................                3.54             2.94
   Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities.....              102.59           104.49
   Ratio of noninterest expense to average total assets.................................                3.66             3.40

Asset Quality Ratios:
   Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period................................                0.29             0.22
   Nonperforming loans to total loans at end of period..................................                0.33             0.21
   Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period............................                0.41             0.47
   Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans at end of period....................              123.26           223.40
   Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding.........................................                0.07             0.24

Capital Ratios:
   Equity to total assets at end of period..............................................                5.84             6.22
   Average equity to average assets.....................................................                6.16             6.78
   Tangible capital.....................................................................                5.83             6.23
   Core capital.........................................................................                5.83             6.23
   Total risk-based capital.............................................................               11.12            13.97


                                       ix



                               RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

         The tables below set forth certain selected financial data for the Bank
at the dates and for the periods  indicated.  The data as of March 31, 2003, and
for the three  months  ended  March 31, 2003 and 2002 is  unaudited,  but in the
opinion of management  reflects all adjustments,  consisting of normal recurring
accruals,  considered necessary for a fair presentation.  Certain ratio data has
been annualized. The financial condition data at December 31, 2002 is derived in
part from,  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to, the  audited
Financial  Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The financial
data for the three months ended March 31, 2003 is not necessarily  indicative of
the operating results to be expected for the entire fiscal year.



                                                         At March 31,     At December 31,
                                                            2003               2002
                                                           -------           -------
                                                               (In thousands)
                                                                 
Financial Condition Data:
    Assets .........................................       $32,534           $29,968
    Loans receivable, net ..........................        27,742            25,710
    Cash and cash equivalents ......................         1,290               758
    Investment securities:
        Available-for-sale .........................            --                --
        Held-to-maturity ...........................         1,890             1,902
    Deposits .......................................        30,634            28,128
    Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank ...........            --                --
    Total equity ...................................         1,807             1,749




                                                                      Three Months Ended March 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                           2003         2002
                                                                           ----         ----
                                                                            (In thousands)
                                                                               
Operations Data:
    Interest income ...................................................   $ 519        $ 451
    Interest expense ..................................................     197          251
                                                                          -----         ----
        Net interest income ...........................................     322          200
    Provision for loan losses .........................................      19            6
                                                                          -----         ----
        Net interest income after provision for loan losses ...........     303          194
    Other income ......................................................      43           42
    Other expenses ....................................................     288          250
                                                                          -----         ----
        Income (loss) before federal income tax
            expense (benefit) .........................................      58          (14)
    Federal income tax expense (benefit) ..............................      --           --
                                                                          -----        -----
        Net income (loss) .............................................   $  58        $ (14)
                                                                          =====         ====

                                       x




                                                                                At or for the
                                                                           Three Months Ended March 31,
                                                                           ----------------------------
                                                                            2003                2002
                                                                            ----                ----
                                                                                    
Performance Ratios:
    Return on average assets (net income (loss) divided by
        average total assets)                                               0.72%              (0.18)%
    Return on average equity (net income (loss) divided by
        average equity)                                                    13.09               (3.00)
    Interest rate spread (combined weighted average
        rate earned less combined weighted average
        interest rate cost)                                                 4.23                 3.43
    Net interest margin (net interest income divided by
        average interest-earning assets)                                    4.24                 2.76
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
        interest-bearing liabilities                                      103.80               108.84
    Ratio of noninterest expense to average total assets                    3.55                 3.32

Asset Quality Ratios:
    Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period                   0.09                 0.51
    Nonperforming loans to total loans at end of period                     0.10                 0.70
    Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period               0.45                 0.47
    Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans at
        end of period                                                     427.59                67.31
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding                           0.004                0.018

Capital Ratios:
    Equity to total assets at end of period                                 5.55                 5.97
    Average equity to average assets                                        5.49                 6.18
    Tangible capital                                                        5.55                 5.97
    Core capital                                                            5.55                 5.97
    Total risk-based capital                                               10.53                13.20


                                       xi



Results of Operations

         We earned net income of $58,000  for the three  months  ended March 31,
2003 as compared to a net loss of $14,000 for the three-month period ended March
31, 2002. Our net income for the first three months of fiscal year 2003 reflects
management's  ongoing  efforts to restore  the Bank to  profitability.  The Bank
reported  increased  net interest  income as the Bank  continued to shift assets
from investment securities to higher yielding loans. Net interest income for the
three months ended March 31, 2003  increased by $122,000 as compared to the same
period in 2002. During the three months ended March 31, 2003, net loans averaged
$27.6 million for the period as compared to $22.1 million during the first three
months of fiscal year 2002.  While interest rates decreased  during this period,
interest income  increased by $68,000  primarily due to higher  outstanding loan
balances.  Net interest  income also benefited from reduced deposit costs in the
lower  interest  rate  environment  as higher  costing  certificates  of deposit
continued to roll off. Accordingly,  interest expense decreased by $54,000. Also
contributing to the Bank's improved  operating  results was a $1,000 increase in
other income as the Bank continued to enhance fee income.  The  improvements  in
net  interest  income and other income were  partially  offset by an increase in
other expense attributable to higher occupancy and compensation expense.

Financial Condition

         Our total assets as March 31, 2003 were $32.5  million,  an increase of
$2.6 million from December 31, 2002's level of $30.0  million.  The increase was
due to growth in our loan  portfolio.  Net loans  receivable  increased  by $2.0
million, or 7.8%, which reflected our continued  marketing efforts.  Liabilities
increased  by $2.5  million or 8.89% to $30.7  million due  primarily  to a $2.5
million, or 8.9%, increase in deposits as the Bank continued to attract deposits
locally at  favorable  rates.  The  $58,000  increase  in equity  reflected  our
earnings for the period.  At March 31, 2003, the Bank was in compliance with all
applicable  regulatory capital requirements with tangible and core capital equal
to 5.55% of adjusted total assets and total  risk-based  capital equal to 10.53%
of risk-weighted assets.

                                       xii



                                  RISK FACTORS

         In  addition  to the other  information  in this  document,  you should
consider  carefully the following risk factors in deciding  whether to invest in
the common stock.

We have not been  profitable  during  the past  several  years  and  there is no
assurance that we will be profitable following the conversion.

         The Bank has incurred net losses for the past several years,  including
losses of $125,000 and $84,000 in the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002. We
attribute these losses to our declining share of the local mortgage market,  the
low yield on our other earning assets and our high cost of deposits. In November
2001, the Bank hired a new chief executive  officer,  William M. Tandy,  who has
experience in bank turnarounds. The Bank has sought to improve its profitability
by increasing the yield on its loan portfolio,  moving funds from lower yielding
investment  securities to higher yielding loans and reducing  deposit costs. The
Bank has reduced its losses but has not yet become consistently profitable. As a
public  company  following  the  conversion,  the  Company  is  likely  to incur
additional  reporting  and other  costs and may  incur  additional  compensation
expenses related to its stock benefit plans.  There can be no assurance the Bank
will achieve profitability after the conversion or that it will not incur losses
in future periods.

Our planned new branch is likely to reduce our near-term profitability.

         The Bank recently acquired  property  for  a  new  branch  location  in
Madisonville.  The  proposed  location  would allow us to serve the most rapidly
developing  area of  Madisonville  and  will  make us much  more  convenient  to
potential  customers.  We do not believe that we can adequately  serve this area
from our current  office and believe  that the new branch is needed if we are to
be a viable  competitor in our market.  The purchase  price for the new location
was $360,000 and we  anticipate  that we will invest an  additional  $500,000 in
remodeling  and  equipping  the  existing  structure  to serve as a  branch.  In
addition, we anticipate that it will take at least a year after the branch opens
before we generate sufficient additional income to offset the additional expense
related to  staffing  and  operating  the new branch.  Until that time,  the new
branch will reduce earnings.

We could incur unanticipated costs in our planned system conversion.

         We have entered  into an agreement to convert to a new data  processing
system that will provide management with more timely and useful information at a
lower cost than our current  provider.  Our current data  processor  requested a
termination  fee in excess of  $400,000  in  addition  to fees for any  services
related  to the system  conversion.  We do not  believe  that the  current  data
processor is entitled to such a fee and are  continuing  to  negotiate.  Until a
satisfactory  resolution is reached, we will delay our system conversion date or
seek  other  arrangements  with the new  data  processor.  There  could be still
significant costs associated with the system conversion.  During the transition,
we may also be  required  to pay both data  processors  for a period of time.  A
system  conversion will generally require a significant time commitment from our
senior  management which may distract them from their other duties. In addition,
the transition to a new system may

                                      - 1 -



involve delays and other difficulties that may cause problems with customers and
could affect our business.  Accordingly,  we could incur  unanticipated costs in
our system conversion.

The small  amount of stock being  offered  makes it unlikely  that an active and
liquid trading market will develop, and the liquidity and price of the stock may
be adversely affected by the limited trading market.

         Due to the small size of our conversion  stock  offering,  it is highly
unlikely that an active  trading  market will develop and be  maintained.  If an
active market does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares promptly
or perhaps at all,  or sell your  shares at a price  equal to or above the price
you paid for the shares.  The common  stock may not be  appropriate  as a short-
term investment. See "Market for the Common Stock."

It is unlikely that we will pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

         Since the Company will rely on dividends  received from the Bank to pay
dividends to  stockholders,  we will not be able to pay dividends until the Bank
is profitable and may pay dividends to the Company.  Even after the Bank becomes
profitable,  however,  the Board of Directors expects for the foreseeable future
to retain as much of the Bank's  earnings as possible  for  reinvestment  in the
Bank's  business  operations and to support future  growth.  Accordingly,  it is
unlikely that we will pay dividends to stockholders for the foreseeable future.

There are increased risks associated with nonresidential lending.

         Although our primary  lending  activity is the  origination  of one- to
four-family first mortgage loans,  approximately $3.6 million,  or 13.9%, of our
gross loan  portfolio at December 31, 2002 consisted of loans other than one- to
four-family  first mortgage loans.  Such loans included $1.5 million in consumer
loans,  $582,000 in second  mortgage loans,  $207,000 in construction  loans and
$102,000 in  commercial  loans.  Our  portfolio  also  includes  $1.2 million in
mortgages on multi-family  and commercial  properties.  During the past year, we
have begun to more  actively  seek  opportunities  to finance  multi-family  and
commercial  real estate and expect to continue to seek this  business.  Although
these loans generally provide for higher interest rates than one- to four-family
residential  real estate  loans,  these loans  generally are larger than one- to
four-family  first mortgages and have a higher degree of credit and other risks.
Consumer  loans also entail  greater risk than one- to  four-family  residential
loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or secured
by  rapidly  depreciable  assets,  such  as  automobiles.  In  such  cases,  any
repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate
source of repayment of the  outstanding  loan balance as a result of the greater
likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.  Commercial business loans involve a
greater degree of risk than other types of lending as payments on such loans are
often dependent on the successful operation of the business involved,  which may
be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the economy.

                                      - 2 -



If our allowance for loan losses is not  sufficient to cover actual loan losses,
our earnings could decrease.

         Our loan customers may not repay their loans  according to the terms of
the  loans,  and the  collateral  securing  the  payment  of these  loans may be
insufficient  to pay any remaining loan balance.  We may experience  significant
loan  losses,  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on our  operating
results.  We make various  assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of
our loan  portfolio,  including  the  creditworthiness  of our borrowers and the
value  of the real  estate  and  other  assets  serving  as  collateral  for the
repayment of many of our loans.  In determining  the amount of the allowance for
loan  losses,  we rely on our  loan  quality  reviews,  our  experience  and our
evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. If our assumptions prove
to be  incorrect,  our  allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover
losses inherent in our loan portfolio,  resulting in additions to our allowance.
Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

         Our emphasis on continued diversification of our loan portfolio through
the origination of commercial real estate and  multi-family  loans is one of the
more  significant  factors we will take into account in evaluating our allowance
for loan losses and provision for loan losses. As we further increase the amount
of such types of loans in our portfolio,  we may determine to make additional or
increased provisions for loan losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.

         In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan
losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize
further loan charge-offs.  Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan
charge-offs as required by these  regulatory  authorities  could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in interest rates could  adversely  affect our results of operations and
financial condition.

         Our ability to make a profit, like that of most financial institutions,
is substantially  dependent on our net interest  income.  Net interest income is
the  difference  between  the  interest  income we earn on our  interest-earning
assets (such as mortgage loans and  investments) and the interest expense we pay
on our interest-bearing liabilities (such as deposits). Because a portion of our
loans  have  fixed  rates  of  interest  for a period  of time  and have  longer
effective  maturities than our  interest-bearing  liabilities,  the yield on our
interest-earning assets may adjust more slowly to changes in interest rates than
the cost of our  interest-bearing  liabilities.  As a result,  our net  interest
income  could be  adversely  affected by material  and  prolonged  increases  in
interest  rates since our interest  expense would increase at a faster rate than
our interest  income.  Our  earnings  may also be  adversely  affected by rising
interest rates due to decreased  customer demand.  Although we attempt to reduce
this risk by primarily originating  adjustable-rate loans ("ARMs"), the rates on
such loans are fixed for set periods of time (e.g., one year). In addition,  the
terms of such loans do not permit us to increase the rate more than 2.0% at each
rate  adjustment  or above a fixed  "ceiling  rate." We may also  experience  an
increase  in  delinquencies  on our ARMs  when  interest  rates  rise  since the
payments that borrowers are then required to pay will increase.

                                      - 3 -



         The average life of loans and  mortgage-backed  securities  can also be
affected by changes in interest rates. As interest rates decline, borrowers tend
to refinance higher-rate, fixed-rate loans at lower rates. We also experience an
increase in prepayments on  mortgage-backed  securities as the loans  underlying
such securities are prepaid. Since rates will have declined, we will not be able
to reinvest such  prepayments  in assets  earning  interest rates as high as the
rates  on the  prepaid  loans or  mortgage-backed  securities.  As a result  our
interest income could decline.

Our future growth and profitability may be limited by competition and conditions
in our market area.

         Our primary market area consists of Madisonville and surrounding  areas
of Hopkins  County,  Kentucky.  While the City of  Madisonville  has experienced
steady population  growth,  population growth in Hopkins County has historically
been below that of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and the United States as a whole
and its  population is projected to decline  slightly over the next decade.  Our
ability to make new loans in our market  area may be limited to the extent  that
the rate of population growth is flat or declines.  Further,  the Hopkins County
unemployment  rate is higher  and  average  household  income is lower  than for
Kentucky as a whole and the United  States.  Within our market area,  we compete
for loans and deposits with several other financial institutions. Most competing
institutions  may  have  resources  substantially  greater  than  ours  and  may
therefore be able to offer a greater variety of loan and deposit  accounts which
could  give  them a  competitive  advantage  over  us.  Such  competition  could
adversely  affect us in the future.  See  "Business  of  Community  First Bank--
Competition."

The loss of our chief executive officer could hurt our operations.

         Our  successful  operations  depend  to a  considerable  degree  on our
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  William  M.  Tandy.  The loss of his
services  could  adversely  affect  us. We have  attempted  to  provide  for his
continued employment with us by entering into a three-year  employment agreement
with Mr. Tandy. Mr. Tandy, however,  could terminate his employment at any time.
We do not  maintain key man life  insurance on Mr.  Tandy.  See  "Management  of
Community  First  Bank"  and  " --  Executive  Compensation  --  Employment  and
Severance Agreements."

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws include anti-takeover provisions which,
together with statutory anti-takeover  provisions to which we are subject, could
discourage hostile acquisitions of control.

         Provisions in the Company's  articles of incorporation and bylaws,  the
General  Corporation  Law  of  the  State  of  Maryland,   and  certain  federal
regulations  may make it  difficult,  and  expensive,  to pursue a tender offer,
change in control or takeover attempt which we oppose. As a result, stockholders
who  might  desire  to  participate  in  such a  transaction  may  not  have  an
opportunity  to do so.  Such  provisions  will also  render  the  removal of the
current  Board of Directors or  management  of the Company  more  difficult.  In
addition,  these  provisions  may reduce the trading  price of our stock.  These
provisions  include:  restrictions  on the  acquisition of the Company's  equity
securities and limitations on voting rights;  staggered terms for members of the
Board of

                                      - 4 -



Directors;  removal  of  directors  only for cause  and by an 80% vote;  certain
provisions relating to meetings of stockholders;  denial of cumulative voting by
stockholders  in the election of directors;  the issuance of preferred stock and
additional   shares  of  common  stock   without   shareholder   approval;   and
super-majority provisions for the approval of certain business combinations. The
OTS has  recently  indicated  that it will  strictly  enforce  regulations  that
prohibit  any person  from  acquiring  or offering to acquire 10% or more of our
stock during the three years  following the conversion  without OTS  permission.
See "Restrictions on Acquisitions of the Company."

We intend to remain independent after the conversion and you should not expect a
takeover premium for our common stock in the near future.

         We  have  operated  as  an  independent,   community-oriented   savings
institution  since  1923.  It is our  intention  to  continue  to  operate as an
independent  community oriented financial  institution following the Conversion.
Accordingly,  you are urged not to  subscribe  for shares of our common stock if
you are  anticipating  a rapid sale by us to a third  party.  See  "Business  of
Community Bancorp, Inc."

         Also due to our  intention  to  remain  independent,  we have  included
certain provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws which will assist
us in maintaining  our status as an  independent,  publicly  owned  corporation.
These  provisions as well as the Maryland  General  Corporation  Law and certain
federal  regulations  may have  certain  anti-takeover  effects  which  include:
restrictions  on  the  acquisition  of  the  Company's  equity   securities  and
limitations on voting rights of 10% or greater holders;  the  classification  of
the terms of the members of the Board of Directors;  certain provisions relating
to meetings of stockholders;  denial of cumulative voting by stockholders in the
election of directors;  the issuance of preferred stock and additional shares of
common stock without stockholder approval; and super-majority provisions for the
approval of certain  business  combinations.  The Company has also elected to be
subject  to  certain  provisions  of  Maryland  law which  allow  publicly  held
companies to restrict the rights of  stockholders  to call special  meetings and
fill  vacancies  on the  Board.  The OTS  has  recently  indicated  that it will
strictly enforce regulatory  restrictions on the acquisition of 10% or more of a
savings  association's stock during the first three years following  conversion.
See "Restrictions on Acquisitions of the Company." As a result, stockholders who
might wish to  participate  in a change of control  transaction  may not have an
opportunity to do so.

Expected  voting  control by management and employees  could enable  insiders to
prevent a merger that might otherwise  provide  stockholders a premium for their
shares.

         The  proposed  purchases  of the  common  stock  by our  directors  and
executive  officers  (estimated to be approximately  37,600 shares, or 18.68% of
the shares to be outstanding  assuming  201,250 shares are sold), as well as the
potential  acquisition  of common stock  through the Option Plan and MRP,  could
make it difficult to obtain majority support for stockholder proposals which are
opposed by our  directors,  officers and employees.  In addition,  the voting of
those  shares  could  enable us to block the  approval  of  transactions  (i.e.,
business combinations and amendment to our articles of incorporation and bylaws)
requiring the approval of 80% of the stockholders  under the Company's  articles
of incorporation. See "Management of Community First Bank -- Executive

                                      - 5 -



Compensation  --  Future  Stock  Benefit  Plans  --  Stock  Option  Plan,"  " --
Management  Recognition Plan," "Description of Capital Stock," and "Restrictions
on Acquisitions of the Company."

The  implementation  of  stock-based  benefit  plans may dilute  your  ownership
interest.

         If the conversion is completed and  stockholders  subsequently  approve
the MRP and Option  Plan,  we will issue  stock to our  officers  and  directors
through  these plans.  If the shares for the MRP and Option Plan are issued from
our authorized but unissued stock, your ownership percentage could be diluted by
up to approximately 12.3% and the trading price of our stock may be reduced. See
"Pro Forma Data,"  "Management  of Community  First Bank -- Future Stock Benefit
Plans -- Stock Option Plan," and " -- Management Recognition Plan."

Your  subscriptions  for common stock  cannot be modified or canceled  except in
limited circumstances.

         The  offering is being  conducted  as a  minimum/maximum  best  efforts
offering.  Therefore,  once investors have submitted their subscription  orders,
such  orders may not be modified or  canceled  without our  consent,  unless the
conversion is not completed by __________, 2003 (or 45 days after the completion
of the Subscription  Offering if the Subscription Offering is extended to a date
no later than __________, 2003). See "The Conversion -- Payment for Shares."

We have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds of the offering.

         While  there  are  certain  limits  under  federal  law  regarding  the
allocation of the net proceeds,  management has broad  discretion in determining
the manner of use of the net  proceeds  retained by the Company.  Such  proceeds
will  initially  be  invested  in a  deposit  with the Bank or other  short-term
investments and will be available for a variety of corporate purposes, including
acquisitions of stock for our stock benefit plans, other future acquisitions and
diversification of business,  additional capital  contributions and dividends to
stockholders to the extent permitted by applicable  regulations.  However, there
can be no assurance that in the future management will apply the net proceeds to
these purposes.

There  may be  adverse  tax  consequences  as a result  of your  receipt  of the
subscription rights.

         We have received the opinion of Feldman Financial that the subscription
rights granted to eligible  members in connection  with the  conversion  have no
value.  This opinion is not binding on the  Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS"),
however.  Should  the  IRS  determine  that  the  subscription  rights  do  have
ascertainable  value,  you could be taxed as a result of your  exercise  of such
rights in an amount equal to such value.

                                      - 6 -



                           FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

         This  prospectus  contains  forward-looking  statements,  which  can be
identified  by the  use of  such  words  as  "estimate,"  "project,"  "believe,"
"intend," "anticipate," "plan," "seek," "expect" and similar expressions.  These
forward-looking statements include:

          o    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

          o    statements  regarding our business plans and prospects and growth
               and operating strategies;

          o    statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment
               portfolios; and

          o    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

         These forward  looking  statements  are subject to  significant  risks,
assumptions  and  uncertainties,  including,  among other things,  the following
important factors that could affect the actual outcome of future events:

          o    significantly  increased  competition  among depository and other
               financial institutions;

          o    inflation  and  changes in the  interest  rate  environment  that
               reduce  our  margins  or  reduce  the  fair  value  of  financial
               instruments;

          o    general economic  conditions,  either nationally or in our market
               area, that are worse than expected;

          o    adverse changes in the securities markets;

          o    legislative  or  regulatory  changes  that  adversely  affect our
               business;

          o    our ability to enter new markets  successfully  and capitalize on
               growth opportunities;

          o    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

          o    changes in accounting  policies and  practices,  including  those
               that may be  adopted  by the  bank  regulatory  agencies  and the
               Financial Accounting Standards Board; and

          o    changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans.

         Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may
be  materially  different  from the results  indicated by these  forward-looking
statements. We discuss these and other uncertainties in "Risk Factors" beginning
on page 1.

                                      - 7 -



             PROPOSED PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         The  following  table sets forth the  approximate  purchases  of common
stock by each  director  and  executive  officer  and  their  associates  in the
conversion. All such shares will be acquired for investment purposes and not for
resale.  The table  assumes  that 201,250  shares (the maximum of the  Estimated
Valuation  Range) of the common  stock will be sold at $10.00 per share and that
sufficient shares will be available to satisfy their subscriptions.



                                                                         Aggregate   Percent
                                                              Total      Price of   of Shares
                                                           Shares to be   Shares      to be
Name                          Position                      Purchased    Purchased  Purchased
- ----                          --------                      ---------    ---------  ---------
                                                                         
William M. Tandy              Chairman of the Board,           1,000     $ 10,000      0.50%
                              President, Chief Executive
                              Officer and Director
Ralph T. Teague               Vice Chairman of the Board       5,000       50,000      2.48%
                              and Director
Michael D. Wortham            Vice President, Secretary,         100        1,000      0.05%
                              Treasurer and Director
Marilyn A. Locke              Vice President                   1,000       10,000      0.50%
Paul W. Arison                Director                         2,500       25,000      1.24%
Charlotte E. Baldwin          Director                         2,500       25,000      1.24%
Steven E. Carson              Director                         5,000       50,000      2.48%
Charles G. Ramsey             Director                         6,500       65,000      3.23%
J. Craig Riddle               Director                        10,000      100,000      4.97%
Charles B. Vaughn             Director                         4,000       40,000      1.99%
                                                              ------       ------     -----
All directors and executive
officers as a group (10
persons)                                                      37,600     $376,000     18.68%
                                                              ======      =======     =====


                                      - 8 -



                          COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.

         The Company was formed as a Maryland  corporation  in March 2003 at the
Bank's  direction  for the purpose of serving as its holding  company  after the
conversion.  Prior to the  conversion,  the  Company  has not engaged and is not
expected to engage in any  material  operations.  The Company has  received  the
approval of the OTS to acquire  control of us upon completion of the conversion.
Upon consummation of the conversion,  the only assets the Company is expected to
own are the  capital  stock  the  Bank  will  issue in the  conversion,  and any
proceeds from the offering it retains.

         As a holding  company,  the Company will have greater  flexibility than
the Bank would have to diversify its business  activities  through the formation
of  subsidiaries  or through  acquisition.  The Company will be  classified as a
unitary  savings  and loan  holding  company  after the  conversion  and will be
required to comply with OTS regulations and be subject to examination.

         The   Company's   offices  are  located  at  240  South  Main   Street,
Madisonville, Kentucky, and its main telephone number is (270) 821-7211.

                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

         The Bank is a federal mutual savings bank operating  through one office
in Madisonville,  Kentucky.  It was founded in 1923 as the Madisonville Building
and Loan  Association.  The Bank  converted  to a federal  mutual  savings  bank
charter  in 2002 and  adopted  its  current  name.  The Bank is a member  of the
Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  ("FHLB")  System.  Its  deposits  are  insured  up to
applicable  limits by the Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF") of the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC"). At December 31, 2002, the Bank
had total assets of $30.0  million,  total  deposits of $28.1  million and total
equity of $1.7 million.

         The Bank's principal business consists of attracting  deposits from the
general public and originating  residential mortgage loans. The Bank also offers
commercial and multi-family loans, various types of consumer loans and a limited
number of commercial business loans.

         The Bank's  executive  offices  are  located at 240 South Main  Street,
Madisonville, Kentucky and our main telephone number is (270) 821-7211. The Bank
also maintains a website at www.cfbky.com.  You should not consider  information
on the Bank's website to be part of this prospectus.

                                      - 9 -



                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The Company will retain 5% of the net proceeds from the  offering.  The
balance will be used to purchase all of the capital stock the Bank will issue in
connection with the conversion. The net proceeds retained by the Company will be
used to pay its ongoing  expenses  and will be invested in a deposit  account at
the Bank.

         The funds the Bank  receives  from the sale of its capital stock to the
Company  will be added  to the  Bank's  general  funds  and be used for  general
corporate purposes  including funding loan commitments,  investment in mortgages
and other loans and purchasing  U.S.  Government and federal agency  securities.
The Bank expects to use a portion of the proceeds to fund a trust to purchase up
to a number of shares  equal to 4.0% of the shares sold in the  offering to fund
the MRP.  However,  initially,  we intend to invest the  proceeds in  short-term
investments  until the Bank can deploy the proceeds into higher  yielding loans.
The funds  added to the Bank's  capital  will  further  strengthen  its  capital
position.

         Set forth below is our estimate of the net  proceeds  from the offering
along with our estimate of the portion of the net proceeds to be retained by the
Company.  The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses of the conversion
may be more or less than those estimated. We expect our estimated expenses to be
$285,000.

                                                                   Maximum,
                                                  Minimum          as adjusted
                                                 of 148,750        of 231,438
                                                 shares at         shares at
                                              $10.00 per share  $10.00 per share
                                              ----------------  ----------------

Gross offering proceeds........................ $1,487,500        $2,314,380
Less estimated offering expenses...............    285,000           285,000
                                                ----------        ----------
     Net offering proceeds..................... $1,202,500        $2,029,380
                                                ==========        ==========




                                                       Minimum              Maximum, as adjusted
                                               ---------------------        --------------------
                                                  Amount    Percent        Amount        Percent
                                                  ------    -------        ------        -------
                                                                            
Allocation of Net Proceeds:
   Purchase of Bank common stock by Company.... $1,142,375    95.0%        $1,927,911     95.0%
   Proceeds retained by Company................     60,125     5.0            101,469      5.0


         The net proceeds will also vary if the number of shares to be issued in
the conversion is adjusted to reflect a change in our estimated pro forma market
value.  Payments  for shares made  through  withdrawals  from  existing  deposit
accounts  with  the  Bank  will not  result  in the  receipt  of new  funds  for
investment but will result in a reduction of liabilities and interest expense as
funds are transferred from interest-bearing certificates or accounts.

         For a period  of at least  one year  following  the  completion  of the
conversion, we will not pay any dividends that would be construed as a return of
capital nor take any actions to pursue or propose such dividends.

                                     - 10 -



                                    DIVIDENDS

         We do not anticipate  paying cash dividends  following the  conversion.
The Board of Directors  believes  that it is  preferable  for the Bank to retain
future  earnings to as great a degree as possible to finance  future  growth and
expansion of its business.  We will periodically review the possible adoption of
a dividend  policy but do not anticipate  paying  dividends for the  foreseeable
future. Because the Company will only retain a small amount of net proceeds from
the Offering,  it will be unable to pay dividends unless the Bank is able to pay
dividends.  The Bank must obtain OTS approval to pay a dividend in excess of its
year-to-date  earnings plus its retained  earnings for the prior two years.  The
Bank is further  prohibited  from  paying a dividend  that would  cause it to be
undercapitalized  or would  reduce  its  regulatory  capital  below  the  amount
required for its  liquidation  account.  See  "Historical  and Pro Forma Capital
Compliance,"  "The  Conversion  --  Effects  of  Conversion  to  Stock  Form  on
Depositors  and Borrowers of Community  First Bank --  Liquidation  Account" and
"Regulation -- Dividend and Other Capital Distribution Limitations."

         In addition to the  foregoing,  the portion of our earnings  which have
been  appropriated  for bad debt  reserves and  deducted for federal  income tax
purposes cannot be used to pay cash dividends to the Company without the payment
of federal  income taxes by us at the then current income tax rate on the amount
deemed  distributed,  which would include the amount of any federal income taxes
attributable to the distribution.  See "Taxation -- Federal Taxation" and Note 9
to the Financial  Statements.  The Company does not contemplate any distribution
by the  Bank  that  would  result  in a  recapture  of the bad debt  reserve  or
otherwise create federal tax liabilities.

         Although the Company is not subject to OTS regulatory  restrictions  on
the  payment of  dividends  to its  stockholders,  the Company is subject to the
requirements  of the Maryland  corporation  law. Under the Maryland  corporation
law, the Company may not declare or pay dividends or make other distributions of
money or property  on its  outstanding  shares,  if after  giving  effect to the
distribution,  the  Company  would  not be able to pay  its  indebtedness  as it
becomes due in the usual  course of business or the  Company's  assets  would be
less than the sum of its total  liabilities plus the amount that would be needed
to satisfy  the  preferential  rights upon  dissolution  of  stockholders  whose
preferential   rights  on  dissolution  are  superior  to  those  receiving  the
distribution.

                                     - 11 -



                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

         We do not expect an active  trading market to develop for the Company's
common  stock.  Since the Company has never  issued  common stock to the public,
there  is  no  current  established  market  for  the  common  stock.  Following
completion of the Offering, the Company anticipates that its stock will trade in
the  over-the-counter  market under the symbol  "CFBI" with price and  quotation
information  available on the OTC Bulletin Board. The Company intends to request
that Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc.  undertake to match offers to buy and offers
to sell the common  stock.  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. has no obligation to
match  offers to buy and offers to sell and may cease  doing so at any time.  In
addition, the existence of a public trading market will depend upon the presence
in the market of both willing buyers and willing  sellers at any given time. The
presence  of a  sufficient  number of buyers and  sellers at any given time is a
factor over which neither the Company nor any broker or dealer has control.  Due
to the  relatively  small number of shares of common stock being  offered in the
conversion and the concentration of ownership,  it is unlikely that an active or
liquid trading  market will develop or be  maintained.  The absence of an active
and liquid  trading  market may make it  difficult  for you to sell your  common
stock  and may  have  an  adverse  effect  on the  price  of the  common  stock.
Purchasers  should  consider  the  potentially  illiquid and long term nature of
their investment in the shares offered hereby.

         The  aggregate  price of the common stock is based upon an  independent
appraisal of the pro forma market value of the common stock. However,  there can
be no  assurance  that you will be able to sell the common stock you purchase in
the conversion at or above the price you paid for your shares.

                                     - 12 -



                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The  following  table  presents  our  historical  capitalization  as of
December 31, 2002 and the pro forma  consolidated  capitalization of the Company
after  giving  effect to the  conversion,  based  upon the sale of the number of
shares shown below and the other  assumptions  set forth under "Pro Forma Data."
The Common Stock is being sold on a best efforts  basis.  The offering  will not
close unless the minimum number of shares are sold.



                                                                               Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization of
                                                   Capitalization      the Company at December 31, 2002 Based on the Sale of:(1)
                                                       of the       ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Bank at      148,750 Shares   175,000 Shares   201,250 Shares  231,438 Shares
                                                     December 31,      at $10.00        at $10.00        at $10.00      at $10.00
                                                         2002          per share        per share        per share      per share
                                                         ----          ---------        ---------        ---------      ---------
                                                                                     (In thousands)
                                                                                                         
Deposits(1)........................................    $28,128          $28,128           $28,128         $28,128         $28,128
FHLB advances......................................         --               --                --              --              --
Other borrowings...................................         --               --                --              --              --
                                                       -------          -------           -------          ------         -------
     Total deposits and borrowed funds.............    $28,128          $28,128           $28,128          28,128         $28,128
                                                       =======          =======           =======          ======         =======

Capital stock
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share:
    authorized - 1,000,000 shares;
    assumed outstanding - none                         $    --          $    --           $    --         $    --         $    --
  Common stock, $0.01 par value per share
    authorized - 5,000,000 shares;
    shares to be outstanding - as shown............         --                1                 2               2               2
Paid-in capital(2).................................         --            1,202             1,463           1,726           2,027
Less:  Common stock acquired by MRP(3).............         --             (60)              (70)            (81)            (93)
Retained earnings -- substantially restricted......      1,749            1,749             1,749           1,749           1,749
                                                       -------          -------           -------         -------         -------
     Total stockholders' equity....................    $ 1,749          $ 2,892           $ 3,144         $ 3,396         $ 3,685
                                                       =======          =======           =======         =======         =======

- -----------------
(1)  Withdrawals  from savings  accounts for the purchase of stock have not been
     reflected  in these  adjustments.  Any  withdrawals  will  reduce pro forma
     capitalization by the amount of such withdrawals.
(2)  Based upon the  estimated  net proceeds from the sale of capital stock less
     the par value of shares sold.
(3)  See footnote 1 to the table in "Pro Forma Data."

                                     - 13 -



                   HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

         The  following  table  shows the  Bank's  historical  capital  position
relative to its regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2002 and on a
pro forma basis after giving effect to the conversion and based upon the sale of
the number of shares shown below and the other  assumptions set forth under "Pro
Forma Data." The  definitions  of the terms used in the table are those provided
in the capital  regulations  issued by the OTS. For a discussion  of the capital
standards  applicable  to us,  see  "Regulation  --  Regulation  of the  Bank --
Regulatory Capital Requirements."



                                                                   Pro Forma at December 31, 2002 Based on Sale of:(1)
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  231,438 Shares
                                                        148,750 Shares      175,000 Shares     201,250 Shares      at Adjusted
                                       Historical at    at Minimum of       at Midpoint of      at Maximum of        Maximum of
                                     December 31, 2002  Offering Ranges     Offering Ranges    Offering Ranges    Offering Ranges
                                     ----------------- ------------------ -------- ----------  ---------------  --------------------
                                            Percent of         Percent of          Percent of           Percent of        Percent of
                                     Amount Assets(2)  Amount  Assets(2)   Amount  Assets(2)    Amount  Assets(2)  Amount  Assets(2)
                                    ------- --------- -------- ---------  -------- ----------  -------- ---------- ------  ---------
                                                                             (In thousands)
                                                                                              
Capital under generally accepted
    accounting principles.......... $1,749    5.84%    $2,832     9.12%     $3,071    9.81%     $3,310   10.50%    $3,584     11.27%
                                    ======   =====     ======    =====      ======   =====      ======   =====     ======     =====

Tangible capital................... $1,749    5.84%    $2,832     9.12%     $3,071    9.81%     $3,310   10.50%    $3,584     11.27%
Tangible capital requirement.......    450    1.50        466     1.50         469    1.50         473    1.50        477      1.50
                                    ------   -----    -------    -----     -------   -----     -------   -----    -------     -----
    Excess......................... $1,299    4.34%    $2,367     7.62%     $2,601    8.31%     $2,837    9.00%    $3,107      9.77%
                                    ======   =====     ======    =====      ======   =====      ======   =====     ======     =====

Core capital....................... $1,749    5.84%    $2,832     9.12%     $3,071    9.81%     $3,310   10.50%    $3,584     11.27%
Core capital requirement...........  1,199    4.00      1,242     4.00       1,252    4.00       1,261    4.00      1,272      4.00
                                    ------   -----    -------    -----     -------   -----     -------   -----    -------     -----
    Excess......................... $  550    1.84%    $1,590     5.12%     $1,819    5.81%     $2,049    6.50%    $2,312      7.27%
                                    ======   =====     ======    =====      ======   =====      ======   =====     ======     =====

Risk-based capital................. $1,855   11.12%    $2,938    17.00%     $3,177   18.24%     $3,416   19.46%    $3,690     20.84%
Risk-based capital requirement.....  1,335    8.00      1,383     8.00       1,393    8.00       1,404    8.00      1,416      8.00
                                    ------   -----     ------    -----      ------   -----      ------   -----     ------     -----
    Excess......................... $  520    3.12%    $1,556     9.00%     $1,783   10.24%     $2,012   11.46%    $2,274     12.84%
                                    ======   =====     ======    =====      ======   =====      ======   =====     ======     =====


- ------------------
(1)      Assumes  that 95% of net proceeds are invested in the Bank and the Bank
         invests those funds in short-term securities that have a risk-weighting
         equal to the Bank's  ratio of  risk-weighted  assets to total assets at
         December 31, 2002.  Assumes that the MRP Trust to be funded by the Bank
         purchases a number of shares equal to 4.0% of the shares sold at $10.00
         per share and that  capital is reduced  by this  amount.  If the MRP is
         required to pay a higher price to acquire the shares,  capital would be
         further reduced.
(2)      Based  on  our  total  assets   determined  under  generally   accepted
         accounting principles for equity purposes and adjusted total assets for
         the  purposes of the  tangible  and core  capital  requirements  ($30.0
         million, $30.0 million, $30.6 million, $30.7 million, $30.8 million and
         $31.0  million,  respectively,  at December 31, 2002 and on a pro forma
         basis at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and maximum, as adjusted,  of
         the Estimated Valuation Range) and risk-weighted assets for the purpose
         of the risk-based capital  requirement  ($16.7 million,  $17.0 million,
         $17.1  million,  $17.2  million  and $17.3  million,  respectively,  at
         December  31, 2002 and on a pro forma basis at the  minimum,  midpoint,
         maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the Estimated Valuation Range).

                                     - 14 -



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

         The actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the common  stock  cannot be
determined  until  the  conversion  is  completed.  However,  net  proceeds  are
currently  estimated to be between  $1,487,500 and $2,314,380 at the minimum and
maximum, as adjusted, of the Estimated Valuation Range, based upon the following
assumptions: (i) all of the shares will be sold in the Subscription or Community
Offering; and (ii) expenses,  including the marketing and success fee of $70,000
to be paid  to  Keefe,  Bruyette  &  Woods,  Inc.,  printing  costs,  legal  and
accounting fees, appraisal fees and other miscellaneous  expenses will amount to
$285,000.  Actual conversion expenses may vary from this assumption.  The shares
are being sold on a best efforts  basis.  The offering will not close unless the
minimum number of shares is sold.

         The following table shows our historical net earnings and stockholders'
equity prior to the  conversion  and the pro forma  consolidated  net income and
stockholders'  equity  of  the  Company  following  the  conversion.  Pro  forma
consolidated net income and stockholders'  equity have been calculated as if the
common stock to be issued in the  conversion  had been sold at the  beginning of
the year and the estimated  net proceeds had been  invested at 1.32%,  which was
approximately  equal to the  one-year  U.S.  Treasury  bill rate at December 31,
2002. The one-year U.S. Treasury bill rate, rather than an arithmetic average of
the average yield on interest-earning  assets and average rate paid on deposits,
has been used to estimate income on net proceeds  because it is believed that it
is a more accurate  estimate of the rate that would be obtained on an investment
of net proceeds from the offering. In calculating pro forma income, an effective
state and federal income tax rate of 37% has been assumed, resulting in an after
tax yield of 0.86%. Withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares
are not  reflected  in the pro forma  adjustments.  As  discussed  under "Use of
Proceeds," the Company  expects to retain 5.0% of the net  conversion  proceeds.
The Pro Forma Data assumes that the Bank will fund a trust that will  purchase a
number of shares  equal to 4.0% of the shares  issued in the  conversion  in the
open market for the MRP. No effect has been given in the pro forma stockholders'
equity calculation for the assumed earnings on the net proceeds.  Historical and
pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing  historical and pro
forma amounts by the indicated number of shares.

         The stockholders'  equity  information is not intended to represent the
fair market  value of the common  stock,  or the current  value of our assets or
liabilities, or the amounts, if any, that would be available for distribution to
stockholders in the event of liquidation.  For additional  information regarding
the liquidation  account,  see "The Conversion -- Effects of Conversion to Stock
Form on  Depositors  and  Borrowers  of  Community  First  Bank  --  Liquidation
Account."  The pro forma  income  derived from the  assumptions  set forth above
should not be considered  indicative of the actual results of our operations for
any period.  Such pro forma data may be  materially  affected by a change in the
price per share or number of shares to be issued in the  conversion and by other
factors.

                                     - 15 -





                                                   At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
                                              -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Maximum, as
                                             Minimum of    Midpoint of   Maximum of   Adjusted, of
                                               148,750       175,000      201,250        231,438
                                               Shares         Shares       Shares        Shares
                                              at $10.00     at $10.00    at $10.00      at $10.00
                                              Per Share     Per Share    Per Share      Per Share
                                              ---------     ---------    ---------      ---------
                                               (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                                                         
Gross proceeds ...........................   $   1,488     $   1,750     $   2,013     $   2,314
Less estimated offering expenses .........         285           285           285           285
                                             ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
   Estimated net conversion proceeds .....   $   1,203     $   1,465     $   1,728     $   2,029
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========

Less: Common stock acquired by MRP .......   $      60     $      70     $      81     $      90
                                             ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
   Estimated investable net proceeds .....   $   1,143     $   1,395     $   1,647     $   1,936
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========

Net Income:
   Historical net income .................   $     (84)    $     (84)    $     (84)    $     (84)
   Pro forma adjustments:
     Net income on net proceeds ..........           9            12            14            16
     MRP(1) ..............................          (7)           (9)          (10)          (12)
                                             ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
        Pro forma net income .............   $     (82)    $     (81)    $     (80)    $     (80)
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========

Net income per share:(2)
   Historical net income .................   $   (0.56)    $   (0.48)    $   (0.42)    $   (0.36)
   Pro forma adjustments:
     Net income on net proceeds ..........        0.06          0.07          0.07          0.07
     MRP(1) ..............................       (0.05)        (0.05)        (0.05)        (0.05)
                                             ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
        Pro forma net income per share ...   $   (0.55)    $   (0.46)    $   (0.40)    $  (10.39)
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========

Number of shares .........................     148,750       175,000       201,250       231,438
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========

Stockholders' equity (book value):(2)
   Historical ............................   $   1,749     $   1,749     $   1,749     $   1,749
   Estimated net conversion proceeds .....       1,203         1,465         1,728         2,029
    Less: Common Stock acquired by MRP(1).         (60)          (70)          (80)          (90)
                                             ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
        Total ............................   $   2,892     $   3,144     $   3,397     $   3,688
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========

Stockholders' equity per share:(2)
   Historical ............................   $   11.76     $    9.99     $    8.69     $    7.56
   Estimated net conversion proceeds .....        8.09          8.37          8.58          8.77
    Less: Common stock acquired by MRP(1).       (0.40)        (0.40)        (0.40)        (0.40)
                                             ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
        Pro forma ........................   $   19.44     $   17.96     $   16.88     $   15.93
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========

Price to pro forma earnings multiple .....          NA            NA            NA            NA
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========
Price to pro forma book value per share(2)       51.44%        55.68%        59.24%        62.77%
                                             =========     =========     =========     =========


                                                        (Footnotes on next page)

                                     - 16 -



(footnotes continued from previous page)

- ------------------
(1)      Assumes the Company  issues 4.0% of the shares sold in the  offering to
         the MRP and the purchase price for the shares  purchased by the MRP was
         equal to the  purchase  price of $10 per  share  and 20% of the  amount
         contributed was an amortized  expense during such period.  As we accrue
         compensation  expense to reflect the five-year  vesting  period of such
         shares  pursuant to the MRP, the charge against capital will be reduced
         accordingly.  In  calculating  the pro  forma  effect  of the  MRP,  an
         effective  state and federal  income tax rate of 37% has been  assumed.
         Implementation  of the MRP within one year of conversion  would require
         regulatory and stockholder approval at a meeting of our stockholders to
         be held no earlier than six months after the  conversion.  For purposes
         of this table,  it is assumed that the MRP will be adopted by the Board
         of  Directors,  reviewed by the OTS, and approved by the  stockholders,
         and that the MRP will purchase the shares in the open market within the
         year following the conversion using funds contributed to the MRP by the
         Bank.  If the shares to be  purchased by the MRP are assumed at January
         1, 2002,  to be newly issued shares  purchased  from the Company at the
         minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the Estimated
         Valuation  Range, pro forma  stockholders'  equity per share would have
         been  $19.85,   $18.37,  $17.28,  and  $16.32  at  December  31,  2002,
         respectively.  As a result of the MRP, stockholders'  interests will be
         diluted by approximately  3.9%. See "Management of Community First Bank
         -- Future Stock Benefit Plans -- Management Recognition Plan."
(2)      Consolidated stockholders' equity represents the excess of the carrying
         value of the assets over its  liabilities.  The  calculations are based
         upon the  number of shares  issued in the  conversion,  without  giving
         effect to SOP 93-6. The amounts shown do not reflect the federal income
         tax consequences of the potential  restoration to income of the tax bad
         debt reserves for income tax  purposes,  which would be required in the
         event of liquidation. The amounts shown also do not reflect the amounts
         required  to be  distributed  in the event of  liquidation  to eligible
         depositors from the liquidation  account which will be established upon
         the  consummation of the  conversion.  Pro forma  stockholders'  equity
         information  is not intended to represent  the fair market value of the
         shares,  the current value of our assets or liabilities or the amounts,
         if any, that would be available for distribution to stockholders in the
         event of liquidation. Such pro forma data may be materially affected by
         a change in the  number of shares to be sold in the  conversion  and by
         other factors.

                                     - 17 -



                                 THE CONVERSION

         The OTS has  approved  the Plan  subject to the Plan's  approval by the
Bank's members at a special meeting of members,  and subject to the satisfaction
of certain other  conditions  imposed by the OTS in its approval.  OTS approval,
however,  does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the Plan by the
OTS.

General

         On  March 13, 2003,  the  Bank's  Board of  Directors adopted a plan of
conversion,  pursuant to which the Bank will convert from a federally  chartered
mutual  savings bank to a federally  chartered  stock  savings bank and become a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.  The conversion will include adoption of
the proposed  Federal Stock Charter and Bylaws which will authorize the issuance
of capital stock by the Bank.  Under the Plan, the Bank's capital stock is being
sold to the Company and the common stock of the Company is being  offered to our
customers and then to the public.

         The OTS has approved the Company's  application to become a savings and
loan holding company and to acquire all of the Bank's capital stock to be issued
in the conversion.  Pursuant to such OTS approval, the Company plans to retain a
portion of the net  proceeds  from the sale of shares of common stock and to use
the  remainder to purchase  all of the capital  stock the Bank will issue in the
conversion.

         The  shares  are first  being  offered in a  Subscription  Offering  to
holders of  subscription  rights.  To the extent  shares of common  stock remain
available after the Subscription  Offering,  we may offer shares of common stock
in a Community  Offering.  The  Community  Offering,  if any, may begin  anytime
subsequent to the beginning of the Subscription Offering.  Shares not subscribed
for in the Subscription  and Community  Offerings may be offered for sale by the
Company in a  Syndicated  Community  Offering.  We have the  right,  in our sole
discretion,  to accept or reject,  in whole or in part,  any orders to  purchase
shares of common  stock  received  in the  Community  and  Syndicated  Community
Offering. See " -- Community Offering" and " -- Syndicated Community Offering."

         We must sell common  stock in an amount  equal to our pro forma  market
value as a stock  savings  institution  in order  for the  conversion  to become
effective.  The  Subscription  Offering is scheduled to end on June __, 2003 but
may be extended in the  discretion of  management  to  _________,  2003. We must
complete  the  Community  Offering  within  45 days  after  the  last day of the
Subscription Offering (__________, 2003 or ___________, 2003 if the Subscription
Offering  is  extended  to  _________,  2003),  unless we extend such period and
obtain  the  approval  of the OTS to do so. If the  Company  sells any shares of
stock in a Syndicated  Community  Offering,  that  offering must be completed by
__________, 2003 (or ___________,  2003 if the Subscription Offering is extended
to _________, 2003), unless we extend such period and obtain the approval of the
OTS to do so. The Plan provides that the conversion must be completed  within 24
months after the date of the approval of the Plan by our members.

                                     - 18 -



         In the event that we are unable to  complete  the sale of common  stock
and  effect  the  conversion  within 45 days  after the end of the  Subscription
Offering, we may request an extension of the period by the OTS. We cannot assure
you that the extension would be granted if requested, nor can we assure you that
our valuation would not substantially  change during any such extension.  If the
Estimated  Valuation Range of the shares must be amended,  we cannot assure that
the OTS would approve such amended Estimated Valuation Range.  Therefore,  it is
possible that if the conversion  cannot be completed within the requisite period
of time, we may not be permitted to complete the conversion. A substantial delay
caused by an extension of the period may also significantly increase the expense
of the conversion.  We cannot sell any shares of common stock unless the Plan is
approved by our members.

         The  completion  of the  offering is subject to market  conditions  and
other factors  beyond our control.  We cannot give you any  assurances as to the
length of time following approval of the Plan at the meeting of our members that
will be required to complete the Community  Offering or other sale of the shares
being  offered in the  conversion.  If we experience  delays,  our estimated pro
forma market value upon  conversion  could change  significantly,  together with
corresponding  changes in the offering price and the net proceeds to be realized
by us from the sale of the shares. In the event we terminate the conversion,  we
would be required to charge all conversion  expenses  against current income and
promptly  return any funds  collected  by us in the  offering to each  potential
investor, plus interest at the passbook rate.

Effects of  Conversion  to Stock Form on  Depositors  and Borrowers of Community
First Bank

         Voting Rights. Currently in its mutual form, the Bank's depositors have
voting  rights  and may  vote  for the  election  of  directors.  Following  the
conversion, depositors will cease to have voting rights.

         Deposit  Accounts  and  Loans.  The  conversion  will  not  affect  the
balances,  terms and FDIC insurance  coverage of deposit accounts,  nor will the
amounts  and  terms  of loans  and  obligations  of the  borrowers  under  their
individual contractual arrangements with us be affected.

         Tax Effects.  We have  received an opinion  from our  counsel,  Malizia
Spidi & Fisch,  PC, on the  federal  tax  consequences  of the  conversion.  The
opinion has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus  is a part and covers those  federal tax matters that are material to
the transaction. The opinion provides that:

          o    the  conversion  will qualify as a  reorganization  under Section
               368(a)(1)(F)  of the Code, and no gain or loss will be recognized
               by us by reason of the proposed conversion;

          o    no gain or loss  will be  recognized  by us upon the  receipt  of
               money from Community  First Bancorp,  Inc. for our stock,  and no
               gain or loss will be recognized by Community First Bancorp,  Inc.
               upon the receipt of money for the shares;

                                     - 19 -



          o    no gain  or  loss  will be  recognized  by the  Eligible  Account
               Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members
               upon the issuance to them of withdrawable  savings accounts in us
               in the stock  form in the same  dollar  amount  as their  savings
               accounts  in us in  the  mutual  form  plus  an  interest  in the
               liquidation account of us in the stock form in exchange for their
               savings accounts in us in the mutual form; and

          o    no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible  Account  Holders,
               Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members upon the
               distribution to them of the  nontransferable  subscription rights
               to purchase shares of common stock.

         The fourth  opinion  described  above is predicated on  representations
from Community First Bank and Community First Bancorp, Inc. that no person shall
receive any payment,  whether in money or  property,  in lieu of the issuance of
subscription rights. That opinion is based on the position that the subscription
rights to purchase shares of common stock received by Eligible  Account Holders,
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and Other  Members have a fair market
value of zero. In reaching their second opinion described above, Malizia Spidi &
Fisch, PC has noted that the  subscription  rights will be granted at no cost to
the recipients,  will be legally non-  transferable  and of short duration,  and
will  provide the  recipients  with the right only to purchase  shares of common
stock at the same  price to be paid by  members  of the  general  public  in any
community  offering.  Malizia Spidi & Fisch,  PC believes that it is more likely
than not that the fair  market  value of the  subscription  rights  to  purchase
common stock is zero.

         If the  non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase common stock
are subsequently found to have a fair market value,  income may be recognized by
various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases,  whether or not
the  rights  are  exercised),  and we may be  taxed on the  distribution  of the
subscription rights.

         We are also  subject to  Kentucky  income  taxes and have  received  an
opinion  from EKW &  Associates,  llp that the  conversion  will be treated  for
Kentucky  state tax  purposes  similar to the  treatment of the  conversion  for
federal tax purposes.

         Unlike a private  letter  ruling from the IRS,  the opinions of Malizia
Spidi & Fisch,  PC have no binding effect or official  status,  and no assurance
can be given  that the  conclusions  reached in any of those  opinions  would be
sustained by a court if  contested  by the IRS or the Kentucky tax  authorities.
Eligible Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  and Other
Members are  encouraged  to consult  with a tax advisor as to their own personal
tax situation.

         Liquidation  Account.  In the  unlikely  event of the  Bank's  complete
liquidation  in its present  mutual  form,  each  depositor is entitled to equal
distribution of any of the Bank's assets, pro rata to the value of his accounts,
remaining after payment of claims of all creditors  (including the claims of all
depositors to the withdrawal value of their accounts). Each depositor's pro rata
share of such remaining  assets would be in the same  proportion as the value of
his deposit  accounts was to the total value of all deposit accounts in the Bank
at the time of liquidation.

                                     - 20 -



         Upon a complete liquidation after the conversion,  each depositor would
have a claim, as a creditor,  of the same general  priority as the claims of all
other  general  creditors  of ours.  Therefore,  except as  described  below,  a
depositor's  claim  would be solely in the amount of the  balance in his deposit
account plus  accrued  interest.  A depositor  would not have an interest in the
residual value of our assets above that amount if any.

         The Plan  provides for the  establishment,  upon the  completion of the
conversion,  of a special  "liquidation  account"  for the  benefit of  Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to
the Bank's net worth as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition
in the  Prospectus.  Each  Eligible  Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holder,  if he continues to maintain his deposit account with the Bank,
would be entitled on a complete liquidation of the Bank after conversion,  to an
interest in the liquidation  account prior to any payment to stockholders.  Each
Eligible  Account  Holder  would have an initial  interest  in such  liquidation
account  for  each  deposit  account  held in the Bank on the  qualifying  date,
December  31,  2001.  Each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder would have a
similar  interest as of the qualifying  date, March 31, 2003. The interest as to
each deposit  account would be in the same  proportion of the total  liquidation
account as the balance of the deposit account on the qualifying dates was to the
aggregate  balance in all the deposit  accounts of Eligible  Account Holders and
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders on such qualifying dates. However, if the
amount in the deposit account on any annual closing date is less than the amount
in such account on the respective  qualifying  dates,  then the interest in this
special  liquidation  account  would be  reduced  from time to time by an amount
proportionate  to any such  reduction,  and the interest would cease to exist if
such  deposit  account  were  closed.  The  interest in the special  liquidation
account  will never be  increased  despite any  increase in the related  deposit
account after the respective qualifying dates.

         A merger,  consolidation,  or similar  combination or transaction  with
another  depository  institution  is  not  considered  a  liquidation.  In  such
transactions,   the  liquidation  account  must  be  assumed  by  the  surviving
institution.

Subscription Rights and the Subscription Offering

         In  accordance  with  OTS  regulations,  non-transferable  subscription
rights to purchase  shares of the common  stock have been granted to all persons
and entities entitled to purchase shares in the Subscription  Offering under the
Plan.  The number of shares which these parties may purchase will be determined,
in part, by the total number of shares to be issued and by the  availability  of
the shares  for  purchase  under the  categories  set forth in the Plan.  If the
Community  Offering,  as described  below,  extends beyond 45 days following the
completion of the  Subscription  Offering,  we will  resolicit  subscribers  and
permit them to increase,  decrease or rescind their orders. In the event of such
a  resolicitation,   subscriptions   will  be  refunded  unless  the  subscriber
affirmatively   elects  to  continue  his  or  her  subscription.   Subscription
priorities have been  established for the allocation of stock to the extent that
shares are available  after  satisfaction  of all  subscriptions  of all persons
having prior rights and subject to the maximum and minimum purchase  limitations
set forth in the Plan and as described below under " -- Limitations on Purchases
of Shares." The following priorities have been established:

                                     - 21 -



         Category  1:  Eligible  Account  Holders at  December  31,  2001.  Each
Eligible  Account Holder (which  collectively  encompasses  all names on a joint
account) will receive  non-transferable  subscription rights on a priority basis
to purchase up to the greater of 5,000 shares  ($50,000) or a percentage  of the
shares sold equal to 15 times the percentage of qualifying  deposits held by the
Eligible  Account Holder on the Eligibility  Record Date. A minimum of 25 shares
must be subscribed for by any subscriber.  If there are  insufficient  shares to
satisfy the orders of all Eligible  Account  Holders,  shares shall be allocated
among  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holders so as to permit each such account
holder,  to the extent  possible,  to  purchase  the lesser of 100 shares or the
total amount of his subscription.  Any shares remaining shall be allocated among
the subscribing  Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis,  related to the
amounts  of their  respective  qualifying  deposits  as  compared  to the  total
qualifying  deposits of all subscribing  Eligible Account Holders.  Subscription
rights  received by persons who were  officers  and  directors  for the one-year
period  preceding  December 31, 2001 (other than Mr.  Tandy),  in this  category
based on their increased  deposits in us during that period, are subordinated to
the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders.  See " -- Limitations
on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."

         Category 2: Tax Qualified  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plans.  Our Plan
reserves subscription rights to purchase up to 10% of the total shares issued in
the conversion to all Tax Qualified Employee Stock Ownership Plans.  However, we
do not currently intend to implement any Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Ownership
Plans in the conversion.

         Category 3:  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders at March 31, 2003.
Each Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder (which  collectively  encompasses all
names on a joint  account)  who is not an Eligible  Account  Holder will receive
non-transferable  subscription  rights to  purchase  up to the  greater of 5,000
shares  ($50,000)  or a  percentage  of the  shares  sold  equal to 15 times the
percentage of  qualifying  deposits held by the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder on the Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date. A minimum of 25 shares must
be subscribed for by any  subscriber.  If the allocation  made in this paragraph
results in an  over-subscription,  shares shall be allocated  among  subscribing
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such account holder,
to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the total amount
of his  subscription.  Any shares not so allocated  shall be allocated among the
subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on an equitable basis, related
to the amounts of their respective  qualifying deposits as compared to the total
qualifying  deposits of all subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders.
See " -- Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares."

         The right of  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders to subscribe for
shares is  subordinate  to the rights of the  Eligible  Account  Holders and Tax
Qualified Employee Stock Ownership Plans to subscribe for shares.

         Category 4: Other  Members at May __, 2003.  Each Other  Member  (which
collectively  encompasses  all names on a joint  account) who is not an Eligible
Account  Holder  or  Supplemental   Eligible   Account   Holder,   will  receive
non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to 5,000 shares ($50,000) to
the extent such shares are available following subscriptions by Eligible

                                     - 22 -



Account  Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders.  A minimum of 25
shares  must be  subscribed  for by any  subscriber.  In the event there are not
enough shares to fill the orders of the Other Members,  the subscriptions of the
Other  Members will be allocated so that each  subscribing  Other Member will be
entitled to purchase  the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  ordered.
Any remaining  shares will be allocated among Other Members whose  subscriptions
remain  unsatisfied on a reasonable basis. See " -- Limitations on Purchases and
Transfer of Shares."

         Members in  Non-Qualified  States.  We will make reasonable  efforts to
comply  with the  securities  laws of all states in the  United  States in which
persons  entitled  to  subscribe  for the shares  pursuant  to the Plan  reside.
However,  no person will be offered or allowed to purchase  any shares under the
Plan if he resides in a foreign  country or in a state with respect to which any
of the  following  apply:  (i) a small number of persons  otherwise  eligible to
subscribe  for shares  under the Plan  reside in that state or foreign  country;
(ii) the  granting of  subscription  rights or offer or sale of shares of common
stock to those  persons  would  require  either us or our employees to register,
under the  securities  laws of that  state or  foreign  country,  as a broker or
dealer or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in that state
or  foreign  country;  or (iii)  such  registration  or  qualification  would be
impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.  We will not make any payment in
lieu of the granting of subscription rights to any person.

         Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares. Persons are
prohibited from  transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to
transfer the legal or beneficial  ownership of their subscription  rights.  Only
the person to whom they are granted may  exercise  subscription  rights and only
for his account.  Each person subscribing for shares will be required to certify
that he is purchasing shares solely for his own account and has not entered into
an agreement or  understanding  regarding  the sale or transfer of those shares.
The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement
of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares
of common stock prior to the completion of the conversion.

         We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we
become  aware of the transfer of  subscription  rights and will not honor orders
believed by us to involve the transfer of subscription rights.

         Expiration Date. The  Subscription  Offering will expire at 12:00 p.m.,
Central Time, on June __, 2003 unless  extended in the  discretion of management
to no later than ____________, 2003. Subscription rights will become void if not
exercised  prior  to the  Expiration  Date  (or  the  date  to  which  it may be
extended).

Community Offering

         To the extent that shares remain  available for purchase  after filling
all orders received in the Subscription  Offering, we may offer shares of common
stock to certain  members of the general public residing in Kentucky and certain
other states with a preference to natural  persons and trusts of natural persons
residing in Hopkins County, Kentucky under such terms and conditions as may

                                     - 23 -



be established by the Board of Directors. In the Community Offering, the minimum
purchase is 25 shares,  and no person,  together with  associates of and persons
acting in  concert  with such  persons,  may  purchase  more than  5,000  shares
($50,000).

         We may begin the Community  Offering at any time after the Subscription
Offering has begun. The Community Offering may expire at any time without notice
but no later than 12:00 p.m.,  Central Time,  on  ___________,  2003,  unless we
extend it with the  permission  of the OTS to a date not later than  __________,
2003  (or  ___________,  2003  if  the  Subscription  Offering  is  extended  to
_________,  2003).  Purchases of shares in the Community Offering are subject to
our right in our sole discretion, to accept or reject such purchases in whole or
in part  either at the time and receipt of an order,  or as soon as  practicable
following the completion of the Community Offering.

         In the event Community Offering orders are not filled, we will promptly
refund funds  received by us with interest at our passbook rate. In the event an
insufficient  number of shares are available to fill all orders in the Community
Offering,  the  available  shares  will  be  allocated  on  an  equitable  basis
determined by the Board of Directors, provided however that a preference will be
given to natural  persons  residing in Hopkins County,  Kentucky.  If regulatory
approval is received to extend the Community  Offering  beyond 45 days following
the completion of the  Subscription  Offering,  subscribers will be resolicited.
Shares sold in the Community Offering will be sold at $10.00 per share.

Syndicated Community Offering

         The Plan provides  that,  if  necessary,  we may offer shares of common
stock not purchased in the Subscription and Community  Offerings for sale to the
general  public  in a  Syndicated  Community  Offering  through a  syndicate  of
selected  dealers to be formed and managed by Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. No
individual  purchaser  together with any associate or group of persons acting in
concert  may  purchase  more  than  5,000  shares  ($50,000)  in the  Syndicated
Community  Offering.  Neither Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. nor any registered
broker-dealer will be obligated to take or purchase any shares in the Syndicated
Community Offering, although Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its
best efforts in the sales of shares in any Syndicated Community Offering. Shares
sold in the Syndicated  Community  Offering will be sold at the Purchase  Price.
See " -- Stock Pricing."

         The Syndicated Community Offering,  if any, will terminate no more than
45 days  following  completion  of the  Subscription  Offering,  unless  the OTS
approves an extension  for up to an  additional 90 days. In the event of such an
extension, subscribers will be resolicited.

Limitations on Purchases and Transfer of Shares

         The Plan provides for certain additional  limitations to be placed upon
the purchase of the shares in the conversion.

          o    The minimum purchase is 25 shares.

                                     - 24 -



          o    The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  which may be
               purchased  in the  Community  Offering  by any  person  shall not
               exceed 5,000 shares, or $50,000.

          o    The  maximum  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  which may be
               subscribed  for or purchased in all categories in the offering by
               any person (or persons  through a single  account)  together with
               any  associate  or group of persons  acting in concert  shall not
               exceed the lesser of 10,000  shares  (or  $100,000)  or 5% of the
               total number of shares issued).

          o    Officers and directors and their associates may not purchase,  in
               the aggregate, more than 35% of the shares issued pursuant to the
               conversion.

         If the  number of shares of common  stock  otherwise  allocable  to any
person or that person's  associates  would be in excess of the maximum number of
shares  permitted  as set forth  above,  the  number  of shares of common  stock
allocated to that person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to
that person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of
a person and that  person's  associates  shall be reduced so that the  aggregate
allocation to that person and his associates  complies with the above  maximums,
and the maximum number of shares shall be reallocated  among that person and his
associates in proportion to the shares  subscribed by each (after first applying
the maximums applicable to each person, separately).

         Depending on market  conditions  and the results of the  offering,  the
Board of Directors  may  increase or decrease  any of the  purchase  limitations
without the approval of our members and without  resoliciting  subscribers.  The
Plan  permits the Board to  increase  the maximum  purchase  limitations  in the
Subscription  and/or Community Offering up to 9.9% of the shares of common stock
sold in the offering.  The total number of orders for shares exceeding 5% of the
shares may not  exceed,  in the  aggregate,  10% of the shares to be sold in the
Offering.  If the maximum purchase limitation is increased,  persons who ordered
the maximum amount will be given the first opportunity to increase their orders.
In doing so, the preference categories in the offerings will be followed.

         In the event of an  increase in the total  number of shares  offered in
the conversion due to an increase in the Estimated  Valuation Range of up to 15%
(the  "Adjusted  Maximum"),  the  additional  shares  will be  allocated  in the
following order of priority: (i) in the event that there is an over-subscription
by Eligible  Account  Holders,  to fill  unfulfilled  subscriptions  of Eligible
Account Holders exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum;  (ii) in the event that there
is an over-  subscription  by Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  to fill
unfulfilled  subscriptions to Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exclusive of
the Adjusted Maximum;  (iii) in the event that there is an  over-subscription by
Other Members,  to fill unfulfilled  subscriptions of Other Members exclusive of
the  Adjusted  Maximum;  and  (iv)  to  fill  unfulfilled  subscriptions  in the
Community Offering to the extent possible, exclusive of the Adjusted Maximum.

                                     - 25 -



         The term "acting in concert" means

         (i)      knowing  participation  in a joint activity or  interdependent
                  conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not
                  pursuant to an express agreement; or

         (ii)     a combination  or pooling of voting or other  interests in the
                  securities of an issuer for a common  purpose  pursuant to any
                  contract,  understanding,  relationship,  agreement  or  other
                  arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

         We may presume that certain  persons are acting in concert  based upon,
among other things, joint account relationships, common account and/or addresses
and the fact that such persons have filed joint  Schedule 13Ds with the SEC with
respect to other companies.

         The term "associate" of a person means

          o    any   corporation   or   organization   (other   than   us  or  a
               majority-owned  subsidiary  of ours) of which  such  person is an
               officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly,  the beneficial
               owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities,

          o    any trust or other estate in which such person has a  substantial
               beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as director
               or  in a  similar  fiduciary  capacity  (excluding  tax-qualified
               employee stock benefit plans and non tax-qualified employee stock
               benefit plans), and

          o    any  relative  or spouse of such  person or any  relative of such
               spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director
               or officer of us, or any of our subsidiaries.

         For example, a corporation of which a person serves as an officer would
be an associate  of that  person,  and  therefore  all shares  purchased by that
corporation  would be  included  with the  number of shares  which  that  person
individually could purchase under the above limitations.

         The term  "officer"  may include our chairman of the board,  president,
vice presidents in charge of principal business functions,  and any other person
performing similar functions.  All references herein to an officer have the same
meaning as used for an officer in the Plan.

         The term  "residing,"  as used in relation to the  preference  afforded
natural  persons in  Hopkins  County,  Kentucky,  means any  natural  person who
occupies a dwelling  within  Hopkins  County,  has an intention to remain within
Hopkins County (manifested by establishing a physical, on-going,  non-transitory
presence  within Hopkins  County),  and continues to reside in Hopkins County at
the time of the offering.  We may utilize  deposit or loan records or such other
evidence provided to us to make the  determination  whether a person is residing
in Hopkins County. Such determination will be in our sole discretion.

         To order  shares in the  conversion,  persons  must  certify that their
purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations.  In the event that the
purchase limitations are violated

                                     - 26 -



by any  person  (including  any  associate  or group of  persons  affiliated  or
otherwise  acting  in  concert  with  such  persons),  we will have the right to
purchase from that person at $10.00 per share all shares acquired by that person
in excess of the purchase  limitations.  If the excess  shares have been sold by
that  person,  we may  recover  the  profit  from the sale of the shares by that
person.  We may  assign our right  either to  purchase  the excess  shares or to
recover the profits from their sale.

         Shares of common stock  purchased  pursuant to the  conversion  will be
freely transferable,  except for shares purchased by our directors and officers.
For certain restrictions on the shares purchased by directors and officers,  see
" --  Restrictions  on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers."
In  addition,  under  guidelines  of the  NASD,  members  of the NASD and  their
associates  are subject to certain  restrictions  on the transfer of  securities
purchased  in  accordance  with  subscription  rights and to  certain  reporting
requirements upon purchase of such securities.

Ordering and Receiving Shares

         Use of  Order  Forms.  Subscription  rights  to  subscribe  may only be
exercised by  completion  of an original  order form.  Facsimiles of order forms
will not be accepted.  Persons ordering shares in the Subscription Offering must
deliver by mail or in person a properly  completed and executed  original  order
form to us prior to the Expiration Date. Order forms must be accompanied by full
payment for all shares ordered.  See " -- Payment for Shares." No wire transfers
will be  accepted.  Subscription  rights  under  the  Plan  will  expire  on the
Expiration Date, whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled
to subscription  rights.  Once submitted,  subscription orders cannot be revoked
without our consent unless the conversion is not completed within 45 days of the
Expiration Date.

         Persons and entities not purchasing shares in the Subscription Offering
may,  subject to  availability,  purchase  shares in the  Community  Offering by
returning  to us a completed  and properly  executed  order form along with full
payment for the shares ordered.

         In the event an order form:

          o    is not  delivered  and is  returned  to us by the  United  States
               Postal Service or we are unable to locate the addressee;

          o    is not received or is received after the Expiration Date;

          o    is defectively completed or executed; or

          o    is not accompanied by full payment for the shares  subscribed for
               (including  instances  where a  savings  account  or  certificate
               balance from which  withdrawal is authorized is  insufficient  to
               fund the amount of such required payment),

         the  subscription  rights for the person to whom such  rights have been
granted will lapse as though that person  failed to return the  completed  order
form within the time period specified. We

                                     - 27 -



may, but will not be required to,  waive any  irregularity  on any order form or
require  the  submission  of  corrected  order forms or the  remittance  of full
payment  for  subscribed  shares by such date as we  specify.  The  waiver of an
irregularity  on an  order  form  in no way  obligates  us to  waive  any  other
irregularity on that, or any irregularity on any other, order form. Waivers will
be considered on a case by case basis. Photocopies of order forms, payments from
private third  parties,  or electronic  transfers of funds will not be accepted.
Our  interpretation  of  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Plan  and  of the
acceptability of the order forms will be final. We have the right to investigate
any irregularity on any order form.

         As  part  of  the  order  form  you  will  be  required  to  execute  a
certification  stating that you are aware that the common stock is not a deposit
and is not federally insured or guaranteed. You will also be required to certify
that you have  received this  prospectus  and you are aware that there are risks
associated  with the  purchase  of common  stock.  We are  required  by  federal
regulation to obtain this certification and we may not sell any shares to you if
you are not able or  willing  to  execute  this  certification.  You will not be
waiving  any  rights  under  the  federal   Securities  Act  by  executing  this
certification.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
before the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act,
no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the order
form will confirm  receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.  Order
forms will only be distributed with a prospectus.

         Payment for Shares.  Payment for shares of common stock may be made:

          o    in cash, if delivered in person;

          o    by check or money order;

          o    by authorization  of withdrawal from savings accounts  (including
               time certificates) maintained with us; or

          o    by an IRA not held by us.

         Appropriate  means by which  such  withdrawals  may be  authorized  are
provided in the order form. Once such a withdrawal has been authorized,  none of
the designated  withdrawal  amount may be used by the subscriber for any purpose
other than to purchase the shares.  Where payment has been authorized to be made
through  withdrawal  from a savings  account,  the sum authorized for withdrawal
will  continue to earn interest at the contract  rate until the  conversion  has
been completed or terminated. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable
to  certificate  accounts  will not  apply  to  withdrawals  authorized  for the
purchase of shares;  however,  if a partial  withdrawal results in a certificate
account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the
certificate  evidencing the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook
savings account rate  subsequent to the withdrawal.  Payments made in cash or by
check or money order will be placed in a segregated savings account and interest
will be paid by us at our passbook savings account rate from the date payment is
received until the conversion is completed or

                                     - 28 -



terminated.  An executed  order form,  once received by us, may not be modified,
amended,  or  rescinded  without  our  consent,  unless  the  conversion  is not
completed within 45 days after the conclusion of the Subscription  Offering,  in
which case  subscribers  may be given an opportunity to increase,  decrease,  or
rescind their order.  In the event that the conversion is not  consummated,  all
funds  submitted  pursuant  to the  offering  will  be  refunded  promptly  with
interest.

         Owners  of  self-directed  IRAs  may use  the  assets  of such  IRAs to
purchase  shares in the offering,  provided that such IRAs are not maintained on
deposit with us. Persons with IRAs  maintained  with us must have their accounts
transferred to an  unaffiliated  institution or broker to purchase shares in the
offering.  The Stock Information Center can assist you in transferring your self
directed IRA. Because of the paperwork involved, persons owning IRAs with us who
wish to use their IRA account to purchase stock in the Offering must contact the
Stock Information Center no later than __________, 2003.

         Delivery of Stock  Certificates.  Certificates  representing  shares of
common stock  issued in the  conversion  will be mailed to the  person(s) at the
address noted on the order form as soon as practicable following consummation of
the conversion.  Any certificates  returned as undeliverable  will be held until
properly  claimed or otherwise  disposed.  Persons  ordering shares might not be
able to sell their shares until they receive their stock certificates.

         Federal regulations  prohibit us from lending funds or extending credit
to any person to purchase shares in the conversion.

Marketing Arrangements

         We have engaged Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc. as our financial advisor
in connection  with the offering.  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. has agreed to
exercise  its  best  efforts  to  assist  us in the  sale of the  shares  in the
offering.  As  compensation,  Keefe,  Bruyette  & Woods,  Inc.  will  receive  a
management  fee in the amount of $20,000  and a success  fee of $50,000  payable
upon successful completion of the conversion.  If shares are offered for sale in
a Syndicated Community Offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will organize and
manage the syndicate of selected  broker-dealers.  The  commission to be paid to
any such  selected  broker-dealers  will be at a rate to be agreed to jointly by
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us. Fees paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
and to any other broker-dealer may be deemed to be underwriting fees, and Keefe,
Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and such broker-dealers may be deemed to be underwriters.
Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. will also be reimbursed  for allocable  expenses
incurred  by them,  including  legal  fees.  Keefe,  Bruyette  &  Woods,  Inc.'s
reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses other than legal fees will not exceed $5,000
and its reimbursable  legal fees will not exceed $25,000.  If the conversion and
the offering are not completed  because we do not receive  subscriptions for the
minimum number of shares,  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. will receive only the
management fee and out-of-pocket  expenses actually incurred.  We have agreed to
indemnify  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. for reasonable  costs and expenses in
connection  with certain claims or liabilities  which might be asserted  against
Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc. This  indemnification  covers the  investigation,
preparation  of defense and defense of any action,  proceeding  or claim arising
out of the  conversion or action taken by Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. as our
agent or  relating  to  misrepresentation  or breach of  warranty of the written
agreement among Keefe, Bruyette &

                                     - 29 -



Woods,  Inc.  and us or the  omission  or alleged  omission  of a material  fact
required to be stated or necessary in the prospectus or other documents.

         The shares  will be offered  principally  by the  distribution  of this
document and through activities  conducted at a Stock Information Center located
at our office.  The Stock  Information  Center is expected to operate during our
normal  business  hours  throughout  the offering.  A registered  representative
employed by Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods,  Inc. will be working at, and  supervising
the operation of, the Stock Information  Center.  Keefe,  Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
will assist us in  responding  to questions  regarding  the  conversion  and the
offering and processing  order forms. Our personnel will be present in the Stock
Information Center to assist Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. with clerical matters
and to answer questions related solely to our business.

Stock Pricing

         We have retained Feldman Financial,  an independent economic consulting
and appraisal  firm,  which is  experienced  in the  evaluation and appraisal of
business  entities,  including savings  institutions  involved in the conversion
process,  to prepare an appraisal of our estimated  pro forma market  value.  We
will pay Feldman  Financial a fee of $12,500 for  preparing  the  appraisal  and
$2,000 each for any updates and will reimburse  Feldman Financial for reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses.  We have agreed to indemnify  Feldman  Financial  under
certain  circumstances  against liabilities and expenses arising out of or based
on any  misstatement  or untrue  statement of a material  fact  contained in the
information supplied by us to Feldman Financial.

         Feldman   Financial   prepared  the  appraisal  in  reliance  upon  the
information contained herein, including the financial statements.  The appraisal
contains an analysis of a number of factors,  including, but not limited to, our
financial  condition and operating trends,  the competitive  environment  within
which we operate,  operating trends of certain savings  institutions and savings
and loan holding companies, relevant economic conditions, both nationally and in
the   Commonwealth   of  Kentucky   which  affect  the   operations  of  savings
institutions,  and stock  market  values of  certain  savings  institutions.  In
addition,  Feldman Financial has advised us that it has considered the effect of
the  additional  capital  raised  by the  sale of the  shares  on our  estimated
aggregate pro forma market value.

         On the basis of the above,  Feldman  Financial has  determined,  in its
opinion,  that as of March 17, 2003 our  estimated  aggregate  pro forma  market
value was  $1,750,000.  OTS  regulations  require,  however,  that the appraiser
establish  a range of value  for the  stock to  allow  for  fluctuations  in the
aggregate  value of the  stock  due to  changing  market  conditions  and  other
factors. Accordingly,  Feldman Financial has established the Estimated Valuation
Range from  $1,487,500 to $2,012,500 for the offering.  The Estimated  Valuation
Range will be updated prior to  consummation of the conversion and the Estimated
Valuation Range may increase to $2,314,380.

         The  Board  of  Directors  has  reviewed  the  independent   appraisal,
including  the  stated   methodology  of  the  independent   appraiser  and  the
assumptions used in the preparation of the independent  appraisal.  The Board of
Directors is relying upon the expertise, experience and

                                     - 30 -



independence   of  the   appraiser   and  is  not  qualified  to  determine  the
appropriateness of the assumptions.

         In order  for  stock  sales to be  completed,  Feldman  Financial  must
confirm  to the OTS  that,  to the best of  Feldman  Financial's  knowledge  and
judgment,  nothing of a material  nature has occurred  which would cause Feldman
Financial  to  conclude  that the  Purchase  Price  on an  aggregate  basis  was
incompatible with Feldman Financial's  estimate of our pro forma market value of
us in  converted  form at the time of the sale.  If,  however,  the facts do not
justify  such  a  statement,   an  amended  Estimated  Valuation  Range  may  be
established.

         The  appraisal  is  not  a  recommendation   of  any  kind  as  to  the
advisability  of purchasing  these shares.  In preparing the appraisal,  Feldman
Financial has relied upon and assumed the accuracy and completeness of financial
and  statistical   information   provided  by  us.  Feldman  Financial  did  not
independently  verify the financial statements and other information provided by
us, nor did Feldman  Financial value  independently  our assets and liabilities.
The appraisal  considers us only as a going concern and should not be considered
as our  liquidation  value.  Moreover,  because  the  appraisal  is  based  upon
estimates  and  projections  of a number of matters which are subject to change,
the market price of the common stock could decline below $10.00.

Change in Number of Shares to be Issued in the Conversion

         Depending  on  market  and  financial  conditions  at the  time  of the
completion of the Subscription  and Community  Offerings,  we may  significantly
increase or decrease the number of shares to be issued in the conversion. In the
event of an increase  in the  valuation,  we may  increase  the total  number of
shares to be issued in the conversion. An increase in the total number of shares
to be  issued  in  the  conversion  would  decrease  a  subscriber's  percentage
ownership  interest  and the pro  forma  net worth  (book  value)  per share and
increase  the pro forma net income and net worth  (book  value) on an  aggregate
basis.  In the event of a material  reduction in the valuation,  we may decrease
the number of shares to be issued to reflect the reduced  valuation.  A decrease
in the  number  of  shares  to be issued  in the  conversion  would  increase  a
subscriber's  percentage  ownership  interest  and the pro forma net worth (book
value) per share and decrease pro forma net income and net worth on an aggregate
basis.

         Persons ordering shares will not be permitted to modify or cancel their
orders  because of a change in the number of shares  issued unless the change in
the number of shares to be issued in the conversion results in an offering which
is either less than $1,487,500 or more than $2,314,380.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Shares

         Generally, except in extraordinary circumstances, during the first year
following the conversion,  the Company may not repurchase its shares.  SEC rules
also govern the method,  time,  price, and number of shares of common stock that
may be repurchased by the Company and affiliated purchasers.  If, in the future,
the rules and regulations regarding the repurchase of stock are liberalized, the
Company may utilize the rules and regulations then in effect.

                                     - 31 -



Restrictions on Sales and Purchases of Shares by Directors and Officers

         Shares  purchased by  directors  and officers of the Company may not be
sold for one year following  completion of the conversion.  An exception to this
rule is a  disposition  of shares in the event of the death of the  director  or
officer. Any shares issued to directors and officers as a stock dividend,  stock
split,  or otherwise  with respect to  restricted  stock shall be subject to the
same restrictions.

         For three years  following the  conversion,  directors and officers may
purchase  shares only  through a  registered  broker or dealer.  Exceptions  are
available  only if the OTS has approved the purchase or the purchase is an arm's
length transaction and involves more than one percent of the outstanding shares.
Directors and officers are also allowed to purchase stock through any management
or employee stock benefit plan of ours.

Interpretation and Amendment of the Plan

         We are authorized to interpret and amend the Plan. Our  interpretations
are final.  Amendments to the Plan after the receipt of member approval will not
need further member approval unless required by the OTS.

Conditions and Termination

         Completion of the  conversion  requires (i) the approval of the Plan by
the  affirmative  vote of not less than a majority of the total  number of votes
eligible to be cast by our members;  and (ii)  completion  of the sale of shares
within  24  months  following  approval  of the  Plan by our  members.  If these
conditions are not  satisfied,  the Plan will be terminated and we will continue
our business in the mutual form of  organization.  We may  terminate the Plan at
any time  prior to the  meeting  of  members  to vote on the Plan or at any time
thereafter with the approval of the OTS.

Other

         All  statements  made in this  document  are  hereby  qualified  by the
contents of the plan of  conversion,  the material  terms of which are set forth
herein. The plan of conversion is attached to the Proxy Statement. Copies of the
Plan are available  from us and we should be consulted for further  information.
Adoption  of the  Plan by our  members  authorizes  us to  interpret,  amend  or
terminate the Plan.

                                     - 32 -



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results
of operations is intended to assist you in understanding our financial condition
and results of operations.  The  information in this section should also be read
with our Financial Statements and Notes to the Financial  Statements,  which are
included elsewhere in this document.

         The Company has recently been formed and,  accordingly,  has no results
of operations.  The following discussion relates only to our financial condition
and results of operations.

         Our results of  operations  depend  primarily on net  interest  income,
which is determined by (i) the  difference  between rates of interest we earn on
our interest-earning assets and the rates we pay on interest-bearing liabilities
(interest  rate  spread),  and (ii) the relative  amounts of  interest-  earning
assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Our results of  operations  are also
affected by non- interest expense, including primarily compensation and employee
benefits,  federal deposit  insurance  premiums and office  occupancy costs. Our
results of operations  also are affected  significantly  by general and economic
and  competitive  conditions,  particularly  changes in market  interest  rates,
government  policies  and actions of  regulatory  authorities,  all of which are
beyond our control.

         Following the conversion, we believe there will be sufficient demand in
our  market  area  to  continue  our  policy  of  emphasizing  lending  one-  to
four-family  residential lending. In addition,  we hope to expand our commercial
and  multi-family  real estate lending;  however,  there is no assurance that we
will be  able  to do so.  See  "Business  of  Community  First  Bank --  Lending
Activities."

Overview

         The Bank has historically  followed a conservative  business  strategy,
using local  deposits to fund  residential  first  mortgages  on  properties  in
Madisonville and the surrounding area. Like many traditional  thrifts,  however,
the Bank has experienced  ever-increasing competition for the more credit-worthy
borrowers  who have been its  principal  customers,  as the  standardization  of
mortgage  lending has drawn  numerous  non-bank  competitors  to the field.  The
increased competition for mortgage loans not only eroded the Bank's share of the
mortgage market but also squeezed the overall profitability of mortgage lending.

         As its mortgage  lending volume  declined in the 1990s,  the Bank began
devoting a larger percentage of its assets to investments in U.S. government and
federal agency securities. Because these investments generally have lower yields
than  residential  mortgages,  the Bank found its net interest income  shrinking
until it was no longer adequate to cover its non-interest expenses, and starting
in 1998, the Bank began experiencing  progressively larger operating losses. For
the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001,  2000,  and 1999, the Bank had net losses
of $78,000,  $51,000 and $11,000,  respectively and net interest income declined
from $757,000 to $671,100 during this period.  During 2001, the Bank changed its
fiscal year end to December 31. These losses and the

                                     - 33 -



losses during 2002 and 2001 significantly  eroded the Bank's capital base to the
point  that the  Board  did not  believe  that the  Bank  had  adequate  capital
resources for further growth.

         In 2001,  the Board of Directors  engaged an  executive  search firm to
find a new chief executive  officer with experience in bank turn-arounds and Mr.
William Tandy was hired in November of that year. Mr. Tandy had previously  been
involved  in three  successful  bank turn-  arounds and has sought to return the
Bank to profitability through the following strategies:

          o    Improving Net Interest Income Through Better Portfolio Management

                  The  Bank   has   sought   to   improve   the   yield  on  its
         interest-earning assets by shifting a greater percentage of assets from
         lower yielding  investments into higher yielding loans and has begun to
         diversify the portfolio into  commercial and  multi-family  real estate
         loans.  The Bank has similarly  sought to control  interest  expense by
         reducing  its  reliance  on  higher  rate,  long-term  certificates  of
         deposit.  As the  result of these  efforts,  net  interest  income  has
         improved from $784,000 in the year ended  December 31, 2001 to $980,000
         in 2002 and our net  interest  rate spread has  improved  from 2.73% to
         3.44%.

          o    Controlling Non-Interest Expense

                  The Bank  undertook  a  comprehensive  analysis of its expense
         structure and has sought to pare unnecessary  expenses.  As a result of
         this effort,  the Bank has been able to undertake various marketing and
         other  initiatives to promote the long-term  profitability  of the Bank
         without a significant increase in overall other expenses.

         As a result of the initiatives undertaken to improve profitability over
the last  year,  the Bank has been  able to record a lower net loss for the year
ended  December  31,  2002 than for the  prior  year.  The  Board of  Directors,
however,  recognizes  that the  long-term  success  of the Bank  depends  on its
ability to re-establish  itself as a competitor  within its market area. To that
end,  the  Bank  has  undertaken  various  initiatives  to  improve  the  Bank's
visibility and competitiveness, including:

          o    the   introduction  of  new  products  and  services,   including
               overdraft protection,
          o    the  renovation and remodeling of its main office to make it more
               attractive and inviting to the public,
          o    the  adoption of a new  corporate  title  emphasizing  the Bank's
               identity as a community bank,
          o    the  acquisition of a proposed new branch  location in the faster
               growing part of Madisonville, and
          o    the  conversion  of the Bank from a state  building and loan to a
               federal   savings   bank  to  enhance   its   lending  and  other
               authorities.

         While the foregoing  initiatives  have helped raise the Bank's  profile
within the community,  management does not believe that the Bank can sustain its
current  momentum  unless it enhances its capital  position.  The capital raised
through the  conversion  will allow the Bank to further grow and  diversify  its
loan  portfolio and position the Bank to extend its presence into faster growing
areas of its market.  The  conversion  will also permit the Bank to  incentivize
management and

                                     - 34 -



employees with  stock-based  compensation  plans.  Finally,  the conversion will
strengthen  the Bank's ties to the  community  by allowing  members of the local
community to become stockholders and thus share in the Bank's future growth.

Critical Accounting Policies

         Accounting policies involving  significant judgments and assumptions by
management,  which have, or could have, a material  impact on the carrying value
of  certain  assets  and  impact  income,  are  considered  critical  accounting
policies.  The Bank  considers  the  allowance  for loan losses to be a critical
accounting  policy.  There have been no  significant  changes in the  methods or
assumptions used in the accounting  policies that require material estimates and
assumptions.

         Determining  an   appropriate   level  of  allowance  for  loan  losses
necessarily  involves a high degree of judgment.  The ongoing evaluation process
includes a formal analysis of the allowance each quarter, which considers, among
other  factors,  the  character  and size of the loan  portfolio,  business  and
economic  conditions,  loan  growth,  delinquency  trends,  nonperforming  loans
trends,  charge-off  experience  and  other  asset  quality  factors.  The  Bank
regularly  reviews all  properties  securing  commercial  real estate  loans and
monitors the financial condition of commercial borrowers. Estimated reserves for
each of these credits are  determined  by reviewing  current  collateral  value,
financial information,  cash flow, payment history and trends and other relevant
facts  surrounding the particular  credit.  For the residential  real estate and
consumer  loan  portfolios,  the range of  reserves  is  calculated  by applying
historical charge-off and recovery experience to the current outstanding balance
in each  loan  category.  Although  management  uses  available  information  to
establish  the  appropriate  level  of the  allowance  for loan  losses,  future
adjustments  to the  allowance  may be  necessary  based on  estimates  that are
susceptible  to change as a result of changes in economic  conditions  and other
factors and such adjustments could occur in the near term. In addition,  various
regulatory  agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process,
periodically  review the Bank's  allowance  for loan losses.  Such  agencies may
require  the  Bank to  recognize  adjustments  to the  allowance  based on their
judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Market/Interest Rate Risk Disclosure

         Qualitative  Disclosure.  Our assets and liabilities may be analyzed by
examining  the  extent to which our  assets and  liabilities  are  interest-rate
sensitive and by monitoring the expected effects of interest rate changes on our
net portfolio value.

         An asset or liability is interest rate sensitive within a specific time
period if it will  mature or  reprice  within  that time  period.  If our assets
mature or reprice more quickly or to a greater extent than our liabilities,  our
net  portfolio  value and net  interest  income  would tend to  increase  during
periods of rising interest rates but decrease during periods of falling interest
rates.  Conversely,  if our assets  mature or reprice more slowly or to a lesser
extent than our  liabilities,  our net portfolio  value and net interest  income
would tend to decrease  during  periods of rising  interest  rates but  increase
during periods of falling  interest  rates.  Our policy has been to mitigate the
interest rate risk inherent in the historical  savings  institution  business of
originating  long-term loans funded by short-term  deposits by pursuing  certain
strategies  designed to decrease the  vulnerability  of our earnings to material
and prolonged changes in interest rates.

                                     - 35 -



         Our  primary  method of  managing  interest  rate is to  emphasize  the
origination  of ARM loans.  Our ARM loans  provide that the  interest  rate will
adjust every year.  The terms of these loans  generally  limit the amount of any
single  rate  change to a maximum of 2% and also  provide  that the rate may not
increase  above a "ceiling"  rate  established at the time the loan is made, nor
below a floor rate which is the initial rate on the loan.  At December 31, 2002,
approximately  80% of our mortgage loan portfolio had adjustable  rates. We also
purchase investment securities with relatively short maturities,  normally three
years or  less.  At  December  31,  2002,  approximately  90% of our  investment
portfolio  had a maturity of five years or less. We monitor our deposit rates on
a weekly basis to ensure that we remain competitive.

         Quantitative Disclosure. We measure our interest rate sensitivity using
the OTS's measurement  system.  The OTS measures an institution's  interest rate
risk by  computing  the amount by which the net present  value of cash flow from
assets, liabilities and off balance sheet items (the institution's net portfolio
value or  "NPV")  would  change in the event of a range of  assumed  changes  in
market  interest   rates.   These   computations   estimate  the  effect  on  an
institution's  NPV from  instantaneous  and permanent 1% to 3% (100 to 300 basis
points) increases and decreases in market interest rates. Because of the current
level of interest  rates,  the OTS does not calculate the effect of a decline in
interest rates greater than 200 basis points.  The following  table presents the
interest rate  sensitivity of our NPV at December 31, 2002, as calculated by the
OTS, which is based upon quarterly  information that we voluntarily  provided to
the OTS.



                                                    NPV as % of Present Value
                        Net Portfolio Value                of Assets
               ---------------------------------    -------------------------
     Change                                                      Basis Point
    in Rates   $ Amount       $ Change  % Change      NPV Ratio     Change
    --------   --------       --------  --------      ---------    -------
                (Dollars in thousands)
+300 bp         $1,726        $(595)     (26)%            5.79%   -164 bp
+200 bp          2,001         (320)      (14)            6.60    - 83 bp
+100 bp          2,206         (115)       (5)            7.16    - 27 bp
   0 bp          2,321           --        --             7.43       0 bp
- -100 bp          2,335           14         1             7.40    -  3 bp
- -200 bp          2,360           26         2             7.38    -  6 bp


         The Board of Directors has  established a policy  setting forth maximum
NPV  variances  as a result  of such  instantaneous  and  permanent  changes  in
interest rates.  At December 31, 2002, our interest rate  sensitivity was within
the policy established by the Board.

         While we cannot predict  future  interest rates or their effects on our
NPV or net interest  income,  we do not expect current  interest rates to have a
material  adverse  effect on our NPV or net interest  income in the near future.
Computations of prospective  effects of  hypothetical  interest rate changes are
based on numerous  assumptions,  including  relative  levels of market  interest
rates,  prepayments  and  deposit  runoff  and  should  not be  relied  upon  as
indicative  of  actual  results.  Certain  shortcomings  are  inherent  in  such
computations.  Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturity
or periods of  repricing,  they may react at  different  times and in  different
degrees to changes in the market interest  rates.  The interest rates on certain
types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest  rates,  while rates on other types of assets and  liabilities  may lag
behind changes in market  interest  rates.  Certain  assets,  such as ARM loans,
generally have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term
basis and over the life of the loan. In the event of a change in interest rates,
prepayments and

                                     - 36 -



early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from those assumed in making
calculations  set  forth  above.  Although  we  underwrite  our  adjustable-rate
borrowers on the basis of the maximum rate allowed under their loan  agreements,
an increased  credit risk may result as the ability of many borrowers to service
their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

         The Board of Directors  reviews our asset and liability  policies.  The
Board of Directors meets  regularly to review interest rate risk and trends,  as
well as liquidity and capital ratios and  requirements.  Management  administers
the policies and  determinations  of the Board of Directors  with respect to our
asset and liability goals and strategies. We expect that our asset and liability
policies and strategies  will continue as described so long as  competitive  and
regulatory  conditions in the financial institution industry and market interest
rates continue as they have in recent years.

                                     - 37 -



Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  relating to our
average  balance sheet and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost
of liabilities for the periods indicated and the average yields earned and rates
paid at the date and for the  periods  indicated.  Such  yields  and  costs  are
derived by dividing  income or expense by the average daily balance of assets or
liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented.



                                                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                                     At December 31,     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                           2002                     2002                            2001
                                                 --------------------    ----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                                                               Average                      Average
                                                    Actual     Yield/    Average               Yield/   Average              Yield/
                                                   Balance      Cost     Balance  Interest      Cost    Balance    Interest   Cost
                                                   -------      ----     -------  --------      ----    -------    --------   ----
                                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                                    
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable, net(1).......................  $ 25,710      6.53%   $ 23,012  $1,731        7.52%   $ 20,302    $ 1,648    8.12%
 Investment securities..........................     1,902      6.00       2,939     169        5.75       4,522        287    6.35
 Other investments..............................       659      4.40       1,763      41        2.33       1,885         83    4.40
                                                  --------              --------  ------                --------    -------
    Total interest-earning assets...............    28,271      6.45      27,714   1,941        7.00      26,709      2,018    7.56
Non-interest-earning assets.....................     1,697                 2,567                           2,043
                                                  --------              --------                        --------
    Total assets................................  $ 29,968              $ 30,281                        $ 28,752
                                                  ========              ========                        ========
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Deposits.......................................  $ 26,698      3.55    $ 26,485     949        3.58    $ 25,021      1,210    4.84
 Borrowings.....................................        --        --         530      12        2.26         540         24    4.44
                                                  --------              --------  ------                --------    -------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities.........     26,698      3.55      27,015     961        3.56      25,561      1,234    4.83
Non-interest-bearing liabilities................     1,521                 1,401                           1,241
                                                  --------              --------                        --------
    Total liabilities...........................    28,219                28,416                          26,802
Total equity....................................     1,749                 1,865                           1,950
                                                  --------              --------                        --------
    Total liabilities and equity................  $ 29,968              $ 30,281                        $ 28,752
                                                  ========              ========                        ========
Net interest income.............................                                  $  980                            $   784
                                                                                  ======                            =======
Interest rate spread............................                2.90%                           3.44%                          2.73%
                                                              ======                          ======                         ======
Net yield on interest-earning assets............                3.47%                           3.54%                          2.94%
                                                              ======                          ======                         ======
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to
   average interest-bearing liabilities.........              105.89%                         102.59%                        104.49%
                                                              ======                          ======                         ======


- ----------------
(1)  Non-accrual loans are included in average balances, less allowance for loan
     losses and deferred fees.

                                     - 38 -



Rate/Volume Analysis

         The table below sets forth  certain  information  regarding  changes in
interest income and interest expense of the Bank for the periods indicated.  For
each  category  of  interest-earning   asset  and  interest-bearing   liability,
information  is  provided  on changes  attributable  to:  (i)  changes in volume
(changes in volume  multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rate (change in
rate  multiplied  by old  volume).  Changes  in  rate-volume  (changes  in  rate
multiplied by the changes in volume) are allocated  between  changes in rate and
changes in volume proportionately.


                                                  Year Ended December 31,
                                              -----------------------------
                                                       2002 vs. 2001
                                              -----------------------------
                                                    Increase (Decrease)
                                                          Due to
                                              -----------------------------
                                              Volume       Rate       Total
                                              ------       ----       -----
                                                      (In thousands)
Interest income:
   Loans ...............................      $ 210       $(127)      $  82
   Investment securities ...............        (93)        (25)       (117)
   Other investments ...................         (5)        (37)        (42)
                                              -----       -----       -----
      Total interest-earning assets ....        112        (189)        (77)
                                              -----       -----       -----

Interest expense:
   Deposits ............................      $  67       $(329)      $(262)
   Borrowings ..........................         --         (12)        (12)
                                              -----       -----       -----
      Total interest-bearing liabilities         67        (341)       (274)
                                              -----       -----       -----
Change in net interest income ..........      $  45       $ 152       $ 197
                                              =====       =====       =====


Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001

         Total assets  increased by  approximately  $437,000 to $30.0 million at
December 31, 2002 from $29.5 million at December 31, 2001. The Bank's gross loan
portfolio  grew by $3.7  million,  or 16.5%,  from $22.3 million at December 31,
2001 to  $26.0  million  at  December  31,  2002.  The  increase  in  loans  was
principally the result of one- to four-family  first mortgage loan  originations
which expanded this portion of the portfolio by $3.3 million, or 17.0%, to $22.4
million The growth in the loan  portfolio was partially  offset by a decrease in
the investment securities  portfolio,  which declined $1.9 million, or 50.3%, to
$1.9 million at December  31, 2002 from $3.8 million at December 31, 2001.  Cash
and cash  equivalents  also  declined to $758,000 at December 31, 2002 from $2.3
million at December 31, 2001, a decrease of $1.5 million, or 67.1%. The declines
in these  asset  categories  reflect  management's  decision to direct a greater
proportion  of assets into loans which have  higher  yields than the  investment
securities  and cash and cash  equivalents.  Premises  and  equipment  increased
$356,000,  or 85.5% as a result of the renovation of the Bank's main office.  As
part of the renovation,  the Bank expanded its parking and drive- through teller
bays to make the Bank more accessible to customers and added an ATM machine. The
Bank  remodeled and  redecorated  the lobby and teller area to make it more open
and inviting. As part of the renovation, the Bank also modernized its electrical
wiring,  installed a new roof and added new signage to increase  visability.  We
expect a further  increase  in  premises  and  equipment  during 2003 due to our
proposed new branch.

                                     - 39 -



         Funding for the Bank's loan growth also came from  increased  deposits,
which  increased by $1.5  million,  or 5.7%,  from $26.6 million at December 31,
2001 to $28.1  million at  December  31,  2002.  The Bank's  deposit  growth was
primarily  attributable  to NOW  accounts  and  certificates  of  deposit  under
$100,000.  Our  higher  level  of  deposits  allowed  the Bank to pay off a $1.0
million advance from the FHLB of Cincinnati.

         Retained  earnings  decreased  $84,000,  or 4.6%,  to $1.7  million  at
December  31,  2002,  due to the net loss  during the year.  Equity was  further
reduced  by $5,000  due to a change  in  unrealized  gain on  available-for-sale
securities, net of tax benefits.

Comparison  of Results of Operations  for the Years Ended  December 31, 2002 and
2001

         General.  The  Bank's  net loss for the year ended  December  31,  2002
narrowed  to  $84,000  compared  to a net loss of  $125,000  for the year  ended
December 31, 2001.  The lower loss during the most recent  fiscal year  reflects
management's  efforts to enhance net interest  income through  better  portfolio
management.  Net  interest  income  increased  $197,000,  or 25.1%,  to $980,000
compared to $784,000  for the 2001 fiscal  year.  The  increase in net  interest
income  was  driven  by a  substantial  reduction  in  interest  expense  in the
declining rate environment, which more than offset a related decline in interest
income.  The  improvement  in  net  interest  income,   however,  was  partially
counteracted  by a decline in other income and  increases in other  expenses and
income tax expense.

         Net Interest Income.  The primary component of the Bank's net income is
its net interest income, which is the difference between income earned on assets
and interest  expense paid on the deposits and borrowings used to fund them. Net
interest  income is  determined  by the spread  between the yields earned on the
Bank's   interest-earning  assets  and  the  rates  paid  on  interest-  bearing
liabilities as well as the relative amounts of such assets and liabilities.  Net
interest income divided by average interest-earning assets represents the Bank's
net interest margin.

         For the year ended  December 31, 2002,  net interest  income  increased
$197,000,  or 25.1%, compared to the prior year. The improvement in net interest
income  reflects  the  declining  rate  environment  which  affected  the Bank's
interest  expense to a greater degree than interest  income.  Although  interest
income  decreased  $77,000,  or 3.8%,  for the year  ended  December  31,  2002,
interest expense decreased an even greater $274,000, or 22.2%. The average yield
on interest-  earning assets declined 56 basis points to 7.00% while the average
cost of interest-bearing liabilities fell 127 basis points to 3.56%. As a result
of these rate movements,  the Bank's interest rate spread increased to 3.44% for
2002,  compared to 2.73% for 2001. The declines in average yields and costs both
reflect a  significant  decline in  interest  rates  between  the periods as the
Federal Reserve cut short-term interest rates a record 12 times. These rate cuts
had a  proportionately  greater  impact on the  Bank's  cost of funds due to the
Bank's  ability to reprice  deposits and the maturity of a number of higher rate
certificate  accounts.  Also  contributing  to the  improvement  in net interest
income was a $1.0 million, or 3.76%,  increase in the volume of interest-earning
assets and in the percentage of interest-earning  assets represented by loans as
the Bank  emphasized the  origination of loans and  correspondingly  reduced its
investment  portfolio  and cash  accounts.  Despite  the  increase  in volume of
interest-earning assets, the ratio of average

                                     - 40 -



interest-earning  assets to average  interest-bearing  liabilities  narrowed  to
102.59% from 104.49% in 2001 as average  interest-bearing  liabilities increased
by approximately $1.5 million, or 5.7%. The Bank's net interest margin, however,
widened  to 3.54% for  fiscal  year  2002  from  2.94%  for  fiscal  year  2001,
reflecting our improved spread.

         During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Bank reported net interest
income,  before  provision  for  loan  losses,  of  $980,000.   Interest  income
(consisting of $1.7 million in interest and fees on loans,  $169,000 in interest
on investment securities, $29,000 in dividends on stock in the Federal Home Loan
Bank ("FHLB") of Cincinnati and $13,000 in other interest) totaled $1.9 million,
while interest expense,  which consisted of $949,000 in interest on deposits and
$12,000 in interest on FHLB advances and other borrowings, totaled $961,000.

         During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Bank reported net interest
income,  before  provision  for  loan  losses,  of  $784,000.   Interest  income
(consisting of $1.6 million in interest and fees on loans,  $287,000 in interest
on  investment  securities,  $39,000 in  dividends  on FHLB stock and $44,000 on
other interest) totaled $2.0 million, while interest expense, which consisted of
$1.2 million in interest on deposits  and $24,000 in interest on FHLB  advances,
totaled $1.2 million.

         Provision  for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses for the year
ended  December  31,  2002 was  $18,000,  compared to $94,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2001.  The higher  provision  during the 2001 fiscal year  reflects
higher  net  charge-offs  and  concern  about  the  slowing  national  and local
economies as evidenced by increased unemployment and slower economic growth. Net
charge-offs  for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $17,000 (0.07% of average
loans),  compared  to  $49,000  (0.24% of average  loans)  during the year ended
December 31, 2001. There were no significant charge-offs requiring an additional
provision during 2002,  resulting in a decrease in the provision for loan losses
for the year ended December 31, 2002. The Bank makes  provisions for loan losses
in amounts  deemed  necessary to maintain the adequacy of the allowance for loan
losses. At December 31, 2002, the Bank's allowance for loan losses was $106,000,
or 0.41% of the gross loan  portfolio,  which  management  believes was adequate
based on  information  available  to it.  The Bank  increased  the amount of the
allowance  allocated  to  various  forms of  consumer  loans,  and  reduced  the
proportion  allocated to residential first mortgages  reflecting  changes in the
portfolio.  Although the  allowance  declined as a percentage  of  nonperforming
assets  from  223% to 123%,  management  believes  that the  allowance  remained
adequate in relation to the level of nonperforming assets. As the loan portfolio
diversifies, the Bank may determine to increase the level of the allowance.

         Other  Income.  Other  income for the year ended  December 31, 2002 was
$73,000,  compared to $130,000 for the year ended  December 31, 2001, a decrease
of $57,000,  or 43.8%.  Noninterest income decreased  primarily due to a $33,000
decrease  in service  charges  and fees  during  2002.  Service  and fee charges
include  various fees charged in connection  with the origination and pay-off of
residential mortgage loans. Because an increasing number of borrowers have opted
for long-term  fixed rate loans which the Bank does not originate for portfolio,
the Bank began  originating loans as agent for secondary market investors during
2002.  Since the fee income from these  transactions  is lower than on portfolio
loans, service and fees charges declined in the

                                     - 41 -



most recent fiscal year. The Bank originated $184,000 in mortgage loans as agent
for  secondary  market  investors  during  fiscal year 2002.  No such loans were
originated  during 2001. In these  transactions,  the Bank takes the application
from its  customer and  transmits it to the  secondary  market  investor,  which
underwrites  the loan.  The Bank may also order credit  reports,  appraisals and
title searches.  The loans are closed in the name of and funded by the secondary
market  investor,  and the Bank does not advance any funds to the customer.  For
its services,  the Bank receives a fee from the secondary  market investor based
on the loan amount.

         Other  Expenses.  Other  expenses for the year ended  December 31, 2002
were $1.1 million  compared to $978,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001, an
increase  of  $131,000,  or  13.4%.  Other  expenses  include  compensation  and
benefits, data processing expense, occupancy expense,  advertising,  payroll and
other taxes,  professional fees,  postage,  telephone and supplies,  and various
other operational  expenses.  The increase in other expenses  primarily reflects
increases in compensation and benefits,  which increased $106,000,  or 31.0%, as
the Bank added staff,  including a new chief executive officer,  and an increase
in occupancy expense (which increased  $35,000,  or 36.2%) related to the higher
depreciation  expense  associated  with the Bank's  renovated main office.  Also
contributing to the increase in other expenses were increases in advertising (up
$10,000,  or 18.4%) and office supplies  expenses (up $12,000,  or 29.3%),  each
reflecting  the change in the Bank's name and associated  promotional  activity.
The Bank  experienced  increases in expenses  related to payroll and other taxes
(up $4,000, or 7.7%), insurance premiums (up $1,700, or 8.5%) and directors fees
(up $1,900,  or 4.6%) due to Bank growth and an increase in fees.  The foregoing
increases in expenses were  partially  offset by lower  professional  fees (down
$11,000,  or 25.4%),  data processing  expense (down $7,000,  or 4.0%) and other
operating expenses (down $24,000, or 21.3%). The declines in these expense items
reflect managements efforts to control costs.

         We anticipate  an increase in  compensation  and  occupancy  expense in
connection  with the  proposed  new  branch.  Data  processing  expense may also
increase  as the  result  of  one-time  expenses  associated  with the  proposed
conversion to a new data processing system. Various categories of other expenses
may also increase due to the reporting and other costs associated with operating
as a public  company.  Finally,  compensation  expense  may be  affected  by the
implementation  of various stock benefit plans following the  conversion.  While
these increases in expenses could adversely affect our near-term  profitability,
we believe that these  investments are necessary for the Bank to remain a viable
competitor in its market.

         Income Tax Expense (Benefit). For the year ended December 31, 2002, the
Bank  incurred a federal tax expense of $10,000,  compared to a $33,000  federal
tax  benefit   during  2001.   The  tax  expense  during  2002  related  to  the
establishment  of a valuation  allowance for the Bank's net deferred tax assets.
The  Bank  provides  for  both the  current  and  deferred  tax  effects  of the
transactions  reported in its financial  statements and establishes deferred tax
assets and liabilities for the temporary  differences and establishes  financial
reporting  and tax bases of its  assets  and  liabilities.  The  Bank,  however,
establishes  valuation  allowances  for its net deferred tax assets unless it is
more likely than not that these net deferred tax assets will be realized.  Based
on its current  earnings and other factors,  the Bank determined in 2002 that it
was  appropriate  to  establish a valuation  allowance  for its net deferred tax
assets.

                                     - 42 -



Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Our  primary  sources  of funds are  deposits,  repayment  of loans and
mortgage-backed  securities,  maturities  of  investments  and  interest-bearing
deposits and funds provided from operations. We are also able to obtain advances
from the FHLB of  Cincinnati,  although  historically  we have done this rarely.
While  scheduled   repayments  of  loans  and  mortgage-backed   securities  and
maturities of investment securities are relatively predictable sources of funds,
deposit flows and loan  prepayments are greatly  influenced by the general level
of interest rates,  economic  conditions and  competition.  We use our liquidity
resources  principally  to fund  existing and future loan  commitments,  to fund
maturing time  certificates and demand deposit  withdrawals,  to invest in other
interest-earning assets, to maintain liquidity, and to meet operating expenses.

         Liquidity  may be adversely  affected by unexpected  deposit  outflows,
higher interest rates paid by  competitors,  adverse  publicity  relating to the
savings and loan industry,  and similar matters.  Management  monitors projected
liquidity  needs  and  determines  the  level  desirable,  based  in part on our
commitments to make loans and management's assessment of our ability to generate
funds.

         A major portion of our liquidity consists of cash and cash equivalents,
which include cash and  interest-bearing  deposits in other banks.  The level of
these assets is dependent upon our operating,  investing,  lending and financing
activities  during  any  given  period.  At  December  31,  2002,  cash and cash
equivalents totaled $758,000.

         Our  primary  investing  activities  include  origination  of loans and
purchases of investment and mortgage-backed  securities.  During the years ended
December  31,  2002  and  2001,  purchases  of  investment  and  mortgage-backed
securities  totaled  $500,000  and  $1.6  million,   respectively,   while  loan
originations  totaled  $11.9  million  and $11.5  million,  respectively.  These
investments were funded in part by proceeds from repayments of loans, maturities
and calls of  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities  and an  increase  in
deposits for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

         At December 31, 2002,  we had $634,000 in  outstanding  commitments  to
originate  loans. We anticipate that we will have sufficient  funds available to
meet our current  loan  origination  commitments.  Time  certificates  which are
scheduled  to mature in one year or less totaled  $10.9  million at December 31,
2002.  Based on historical  experience,  management  believes that a significant
portion of such  deposits  will remain with the Bank,  although  there can be no
assurance  that it will do so. In the  event the Bank is unable to retain  these
deposits,  it may seek  replacement  funding  through the FHLB of  Cincinnati or
other  sources.  At December  31,  2002,  we were also party to an  agreement to
acquire a property for a new branch  location for $360,000.  We estimate that we
will spend an additional $500,000 to remodel and equip the existing structure to
serve as a branch.  We expect to fund  these  investments  from cash on hand and
internally  generated  cash flows and do not expect to borrow any funds for this
purpose.

                                     - 43 -



         Following the conversion, we expect that the Bank will continue to rely
primarily  on local  deposits  for its funding  needs.  In order to finance loan
growth,  the Bank may also borrow from the FHLB of  Cincinnati.  At December 31,
2002,  the Bank had $5.0  million in unused  borrowing  capacity  at the FHLB of
Cincinnati.

         We are  subject to federal  regulations  that  impose  certain  minimum
capital  requirements.  For a discussion on such capital levels, see "Historical
and Pro Forma Capital  Compliance"  and "Regulation -- Regulation of the Bank --
Regulatory Capital Requirements."

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         Our financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere
in this  document,  have been prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles,  which require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars without  considering the change
in the relative  purchasing  power of money over time and due to inflation.  The
impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our  operations.  As a
result,  interest  rates have a greater  impact on our  performance  than do the
effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily  move
in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

                    BUSINESS OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.

         The  Company is not an  operating  company  and has not  engaged in any
significant   business   to  date.   It  was   formed   in   March   2003  as  a
Maryland-chartered  corporation  to be the holding  company for Community  First
Bank. The holding company  structure and retention of proceeds will  facilitate:
(i) expansion  within existing and into new market areas;  (ii)  diversification
into non-  banking  activities;  (iii)  stock  repurchases  without  adverse tax
consequences;  and (iv)  acquisitions of other financial  institutions,  such as
savings  institutions.  There are no present  plans  regarding  diversification,
acquisitions or expansion or stock repurchases.

         As a savings and loan holding  company  formed  after May 4, 1999,  the
Company's   activities  will  generally  be  restricted  to  various   financial
activities prescribed by federal statute and regulation.  If we fail to maintain
a specified percentage of our assets in housing-related investments, the Company
may become subject to additional  restrictions  on its  activities.  The Company
initially will not conduct any active business and does not intend to employ any
persons  other than  officers  but will  utilize our support  staff from time to
time.

                        BUSINESS OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

         Community  First has  operated  as an  independent  community  oriented
savings institution since 1923. It is our intention to continue to operate as an
independent community oriented savings bank following the conversion.

         The  principal  sources of funds for our  activities  are  deposits and
payments  on  loans.  We are also able to  borrow  from the FHLB of  Cincinnati,
although historically we have not relied on

                                     - 44 -



this source of funding. Our deposits totaled $28.1 million at December 31, 2002.
Funds  are  used  principally  for the  origination  of loans  secured  by first
mortgages  on one- to  four-family  residences  which are  located in our market
area. Such loans totaled $22.4 million, or 86.10%, of our total loans receivable
portfolio  at  December  31,  2002.  We also  originate  other  types of  loans,
including  loans  secured by  commercial  real estate and  consumer  loans,  and
purchase  investment and  mortgage-backed  securities.  Our principal  source of
revenue is interest  received on loans and investments and our principal expense
is interest paid on deposits.

Market Area

         We consider our primary market area to be the City of Madisonville  and
surrounding Hopkins County, Kentucky. Located in the Western Coalfield Region of
Kentucky,  Hopkins  County had a  population  of  approximately  46,500 in 2000.
Madisonville  is the county seat and largest city in Hopkins  County and is home
to one of the major healthcare facilities in the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

         The largest  employers in Madisonville and the surrounding  communities
include the Trover Regional Medical Center,  General  Electric  Aircraft Engine,
Carhartt,  Inc. and Lear  Corporation.  By industry,  the largest sectors of the
Madisonville  economy are healthcare and  manufacturing.  The 2001  unemployment
rate for Hopkins County was 7.0%,  compared to 4.8% nationally.  The average per
capita  income of $21,092 in 2000 for Hopkins  County was below that of Kentucky
as a whole of $24,085 and the average  for the United  States of $29,649.  While
the  population of  Madisonville  grew by  approximately  19% from 1990 to 2000,
Hopkins County as a whole grew less than 1.0%. By comparison,  the population of
Kentucky grew by 9.6%.  The population of Hopkins County is projected to decline
slightly  during  the next  decade  according  to  projections  by the  Kentucky
Department for Economic Development.

Business Strategy

         Historically,   our  principal  business  strategy  has  been  that  of
operating a community-  oriented  institution which emphasizes  residential real
estate loans. Our loans have typically been secured by properties located within
our market area.  Over the past year,  we have  increased  our  originations  of
commercial and multi-family property loans and consumer loans. The proceeds from
the conversion will enable us to continue growing and continue to meet the needs
of the  market  in which we do  business.  We will also  consider  adding to our
products and services as the competition within our market demands.

                                     - 45 -



Lending Activities

         Most of the loans in our portfolio are mortgage  loans secured by first
liens on one- to four- family  residences.  We also make  consumer,  residential
construction and commercial real estate and commercial  business loans. While we
expect  to  continue  our  historic  emphasis  on  one- to  four-family  lending
following the  conversion,  we also plan to grow our portfolio of commercial and
multi-family mortgages.

         At December 31, 2002, our gross loans totaled $26.0  million,  of which
$22.4  million  were  first  mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-  to  four-family
residences.  We  originate  ARM loans with rates that adjust  annually  after an
initial period of one, three, five or seven years during which the interest rate
is fixed. We offer similar terms on our commercial and  multi-family  mortgages.
We do not  originate  long-term  fixed  rate loans for our loan  portfolio.  Our
consumer loans may have either fixed or variable rates.

         The  following  table sets forth  information  concerning  the types of
loans held by us at the dates indicated.



                                                                             At December 31,
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  2002                           2001
                                                        ----------------------        --------------------------
                                                          Amount           %             Amount           %
                                                         -------         -----          -------         -----
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                         
Real estate mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family residential first........          $22,353         86.10%         $19,604         87.97%
  One- to four-family residential second.......              582          2.24              626          2.81
  Multi-family.................................              450          1.73              104          0.41
  Commercial...................................              798          3.07              467          2.10
  Construction.................................              207          0.80               67          0.30
Other loans:
  Consumer installment.........................              283          1.09              326          1.46
  Commercial...................................              102          0.39                8          0.04
  Automobile...................................              740          2.85              556          2.49
  Passbook.....................................              238          0.92              270          1.21
  Other........................................              209          0.81              256          1.15
                                                         -------        ------          -------        ------

                                                          25,962        100.00%          22,284        100.00%
                                                                        ======                         ======
Less:
  Unearned interest............................                1                              2
  Allowance for loan losses....................              106                            105
  Loans in process.............................              145                             19
                                                         -------                        -------

     Total.....................................          $25,710                        $22,158
                                                         =======                        =======


                                     - 46 -



         The  following  table sets forth the  estimated  maturity of the Bank's
loan  portfolio at December 31, 2002.  The table does not include the effects of
possible  prepayments or scheduled  repayments.  All mortgage loans are shown as
maturing based on the date of the last payment required by the loan agreement.



                                                            Due after      Due after      Due after 10
                                      Due during the        3 through      5 through      through 15      Due over 15
                                        year ending         5 years after 10 years after   years after    years after
                                        December 31,        December 31,    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
                                        ------------        ------------    ------------   ------------   ------------
                                  2003     2004     2005      2002             2002           2002             2002         Total
                                  ----     ----     ----      ----             ----           ----             ----         -----
                                                                          (In thousands)
                                                                                                
Real estate mortgage loans:
  One- to four-family
    residential first...........  $ 12     $ 49      $ 74      $ 543         $3,862          $5,800         $12,013       $22,353
  One- to four-family
    residential second..........    --       13        29         68            472              --              --           582
  Multi-family..................    --       --        --         --             --              --             450           450
  Commercial....................    --       --         7         --            691              29              71           798
  Construction..................   207       --        --         --             --              --              --           207
Other loans:
  Consumer installment..........    19       92        43        129             --              --              --           283
  Commercial....................    --        4        --         98             --              --              --           102
  Automobile....................    12      129       216        383             --              --              --           740
  Passbook......................   238       --        --         --             --              --              --           238
  Other.........................   209      --         --         --             --              --              --           209
                                  ----     ----      ----     ------         ------          ------         -------       -------
    Total.......................  $677     $287      $369     $1,221         $5,025          $5,829         $12,534       $25,962
                                  ====     ====      ====     ======         ======          ======         =======       =======


                                     - 47 -



         The next table sets forth at December  31, 2002,  the dollar  amount of
all loans due one year or more after December 31, 2002 which have  predetermined
interest rates and have floating or adjustable interest rates.



                                                              Predetermined          Floating or
                                                                   Rate            Adjustable Rates
                                                                   ----            ----------------
                                                                        (In thousands)
                                                                               
Real estate mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family residential first................          $2,097              $20,244
    One- to four-family residential second...............             582                   --
    Multi-family.........................................             450                   --
    Commercial...........................................             466                  332
    Construction.........................................              --                   --
Other loans:
    Consumer installment.................................             264
    Commercial...........................................             102                   --
    Automobile...........................................             728                   --
    Passbook.............................................              --                   --
    Other................................................              --                   --
                                                                   ------              -------
         Total...........................................          $4,689              $20,576
                                                                   ======              =======


         One- to Four-Family  Residential  Loans.  Our primary lending  activity
consists of the  origination of one- to four-family  residential  first mortgage
loans  secured by property  located in our primary  market  area.  We  generally
originate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of
the lesser of the appraised  value or purchase  price with a maximum loan amount
of $500,000 and a maximum term of 30 years.  We will make  residential  mortgage
loans with loan-to-value ratios greater than 80% as long as the loan can be sold
into the secondary market.  Although we make loans on one- to four-family rental
properties,  the  vast  majority  of  our  residential  first  mortgages  are on
owner-occupied properties.

         The first mortgage loans that we originate for our portfolio  generally
have rates that adjust annually after an initial period of one,  three,  five or
seven years during which the rate is fixed.  We do not  originate  30-year fixed
rate loans for our portfolio.

         The  interest  rate on ARM  loans is  based  on an index  plus a stated
margin.  ARM loans  provide for periodic  interest  rate  adjustments  upward or
downward of up to two percentage  points per year with a limit of six percentage
points  over the life of the loan.  Borrowers  on ARM loans must  qualify at the
fully  adjusted  rate.  The ratio on our ARM loans are generally  indexed to the
rates on one-year U.S. Treasury bills adjusted to a constant  maturity.  We also
have in our  portfolio  ARM loans which are indexed to the average cost of funds
for  savings  associations  in the 11th  Federal  Home  Loan Bank  District.  We
discontinued  using this  index in 1996  because it tended to lag the market and
such loans were less than 6% of the portfolio at December 31, 2002.

         In addition  to one- to  four-family  first  mortgage  loans,  we offer
second mortgage loans. We offer second  mortgages to customers on whose property
we hold the first mortgage and to other  customers as well. Our second  mortgage
loans have fixed terms of up to 10 years and have

                                     - 48 -



fixed rates of interest.  We only  originate a second  mortgage if the aggregate
indebtedness secured by the property will not exceed 80% of its appraised value.
We do not offer home equity lines of credit.

         ARM loans decrease the risk  associated  with changes in interest rates
by  periodically  repricing,  but involve other risks because as interest  rates
increase, the underlying payments by the borrower increase,  thus increasing the
potential for default by the borrower.  At the same time, the  marketability  of
the underlying  collateral may be adversely  affected by higher  interest rates.
Upward  adjustment  of the  contractual  interest  rate is also  limited  by the
maximum  periodic and lifetime  interest rate  adjustment  permitted by the loan
documents, and, therefore is potentially limited in effectiveness during periods
of rapidly rising interest rates. At December 31, 2002, approximately 90% of the
one- to four-family residential loans we held had adjustable rates of interest.

         The mortgage loans we originate and hold generally include  due-on-sale
clauses.  These clauses gives us the right to deem the loan  immediately due and
payable in the event the borrower  transfers  ownership of the property securing
the mortgage loan without our consent.

         Residential Construction Loans. We make a limited number of residential
construction  loans  on  one-  to  four-family  residential  properties  to  the
individuals   who  will  be  the  owners  and  occupants   upon   completion  of
construction.  Borrowers are required to pay interest on disbursed  funds during
the construction  period,  which may not last beyond 12 months. The borrower may
pay off the loan with a permanent  loan from us at completion  of  construction.
Loan proceeds are disbursed  according to a draw schedule and the appraiser must
inspect the progress of the construction  before additional funds are disbursed.
Construction loans are offered on either a fixed or adjustable basis.

         Construction lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree
of credit risk than long term financing of residential  properties.  Our risk of
loss on a  construction  loan is  dependent  largely  upon the  accuracy  of the
initial  estimate of the property's  value at completion of construction and the
estimated cost of  construction.  If the estimate of  construction  cost and the
marketability  of the  property  upon  completion  of the  project  prove  to be
inaccurate,  we may be  compelled  to advance  additional  funds to complete the
construction.  Furthermore, if the final value of the completed property is less
than the estimated amount,  the value of the property might not be sufficient to
assure the repayment of the loan.

         Commercial and Multi-Family  Real Estate Loans. We offer commercial and
multi-family real estate loans secured by apartment buildings,  churches, office
buildings,  and other commercial  properties.  Commercial and multi-family  real
estate  loans are made for terms of up to 20 years  and have  rates of  interest
that  are  fixed  for a  period  of one  to  seven  years  and  adjust  annually
thereafter.  The interest rates on commercial and multi-family loans are indexed
to the prime rate. Loan amounts may not exceed 70% of the appraised value of the
property.  Over the past year, the Bank has sought to increase its  originations
of  commercial  and  multi-family  real estate loans in order to  diversify  the
portfolio and serve the needs of the market.

                                     - 49 -



         At December 31, 2002,  the Bank's largest  commercial  real estate loan
was a $450,000  loan  secured  by a 28-unit  apartment  complex in  Madisonville
originated in December  2002. The 20- year fully  amortizing  loan bears a fixed
rate of interest for seven years and floats with the prime rate thereafter.  The
loan-to-value ratio at origination was 65% and the loan is personally guaranteed
by the principals of the corporate borrower.  The Bank's second largest loan was
a $348,000 loan secured by a personal care facility in  Madisonville  originated
in March 2002. The facility has 48 beds and 22 semi-private  rooms. The loan has
a seven-year term with 30-year  amortization and bears a fixed rate of interest.
The  loan-to-value  ratio was 53% at the date of  origination  and is personally
guaranteed by the principals of the borrower.

         Commercial and  multi-family  real estate lending  entails  significant
additional risks compared to residential property lending. These loans typically
involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related  borrowers.
The repayment of these loans typically is dependent on the successful  operation
of the real estate project  securing the loan.  These risks can be significantly
affected  by supply  and demand  conditions  in the market for office and retail
space and may also be subject to adverse conditions in the economy.  To minimize
these risks,  we generally  limit this type of lending to our market area and to
borrowers who are otherwise well known to us.

         Commercial  Business Loans. We engage in a limited amount of commercial
business  lending  primarily for the  accommodation of existing  customers.  Our
commercial  business loans  generally are secured by equipment or other tangible
assets. Our largest commercial  business loan at December 31, 2002 had a balance
of $28,000 and was made to a local lumber company.

         Unlike  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  generally are made on the
basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from his or her employment and
other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more
easily ascertainable,  commercial business loans typically are made on the basis
of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower's
business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial
business  loans may be  substantially  dependent  on the success of the business
itself and the general economic environment.

         Consumer  Loans.  We offer various types of consumer  loans in order to
provide a wider range of financial  services to our  customers.  Consumer  loans
totaled $1.5  million,  or 5.7%,  of our total loans at December  31, 2002.  Our
consumer loans consist of automobile,  personal unsecured loans, passbook,  home
improvement  loans and  equipment  loans.  Passbook and  certificate  of deposit
secured  loans are offered up to the maximum of the deposit  balance and are due
on demand.

         We offer loans for both new and used  automobiles with maximum terms of
five years and maximum  loan amounts up to 90% of the  manufacturer's  suggested
retail  price on new cars or fair market value of the  automobile  on used cars.
Personal  unsecured  loans  generally are made for amounts of $2,000 or less and
terms of 6 months and may have fixed or variable interest rates.

                                     - 50 -



         Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans,
particularly  in the case of  consumer  loans that are  unsecured  or secured by
assets that depreciate rapidly.  Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer
loan may not be  sufficient  for  repayment  of the  outstanding  loan,  and the
remaining deficiency may not be collectible.

         Loan  Solicitation,  Approval and  Underwriting.  The Bank obtains loan
customers   from  a  variety  of  sources,   including   advertising,   personal
solicitation,  repeat customers and referrals from existing customers, realtors,
builders  and  others.  The Bank  also  solicits  applications  for  residential
mortgages  through its website.  Although the President and Vice Presidents have
authority to originate loans up to the loans-to-one borrower limits, loans other
than single-family  owner-occupied  mortgages and residential  mortgage loans in
excess  of  $250,000  are  generally  submitted  to the Board of  Directors  for
approval.

         Upon  receipt  of a  completed  loan  application  from  a  prospective
borrower,  a credit report is ordered.  Income and certain other  information is
verified. If necessary,  additional financial  information may be requested.  An
appraisal or other  estimate of value of the real estate  intended to be used as
security for the proposed loan is obtained.  Appraisals  are prepared by outside
fee appraisers who are approved by the Board of Directors.

         A title  opinion or title  insurance is generally  required on all real
estate  loans.  Borrowers  also must obtain fire and casualty  insurance.  Flood
insurance is also  required on loans  secured by property  which is located in a
flood zone.

         Loan Originations.  The following table sets forth certain  information
with respect to our loan  originations  for the periods  indicated.  We have not
purchased or sold any loans in the secondary market in recent years.


                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                        2002          2001
                                                      -------        -------
                                                          (In thousands)
Loans originated:
  Real estate mortgage loans:
     One- to four-family residential first....        $ 9,332        $10,130
     One- to four-family residential second...            181            227
     Multi-family ............................            450             --
     Commercial ..............................            484             --
     Construction ............................            264             --
  Other loans:
     Consumer installment ....................            262            343
     Commercial ..............................            110             --
     Automobile ..............................            637            486
     Passbook ................................             80            186
     Other ...................................            124            170
                                                      -------        -------
        Total loans originated ...............        $11,924        $11,542
                                                      =======        =======

                                     - 51 -



         Loans to One Borrower. The maximum amount of loans which we may make to
any one borrower may not exceed the greater of $500,000 or 15% of our unimpaired
capital and unimpaired  surplus. We may lend an additional 10% of our unimpaired
capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  if the  loan  is  fully  secured  by  readily
marketable collateral.  Our maximum loans-to-one- borrower limit was $500,000 at
December  31,  2002.  At  December  31,  2002,  our largest  loan  concentration
outstanding had a balance of $450,000. As a result of the conversion,  we expect
an increase in the Bank's  legal  lending  limit but do not plan to increase the
amount we will lend to one borrower.

Nonperforming and Problem Assets

         Loan Delinquencies. Generally when a mortgage loan becomes 15 days past
due, a notice of nonpayment is sent to the borrower. If after 30 days payment is
still delinquent,  the borrower will receive a formal  delinquency  notice.  The
borrower  will be  contacted  by  telephone  or visited  personally  if the loan
remains  delinquent after 45 days. If the loan continues in a delinquent  status
for 120 days  past due and no  repayment  plan is in  effect,  the loan  will be
referred to an attorney for collection, with foreclosure commenced no later than
180 days.  The customer  will be notified  when  foreclosure  is  commenced.  At
December 31, 2002, our loans past due between 30 and 89 days totaled $30,000.

         Loans are  reviewed on a monthly  basis and are  generally  placed on a
non-accrual  status when the loan becomes more than 90 days  delinquent or when,
in our opinion,  the  collection  of additional  interest is doubtful.  Interest
accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual  status is charged
against  interest  income.  Subsequent  interest  payments,  if any,  are either
applied to the  outstanding  principal  balance or recorded as interest  income,
depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan.

                                     - 52 -



         Nonperforming  Assets.  The  following  table  sets  forth  information
regarding  non-accrual  loans,  accruing loans past due 90 days or more and real
estate owned. The Bank did not have any troubled debt restructurings  within the
meaning of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 15 at the dates
indicated below.



                                                                      At December 31,
                                                                  ------------------------
                                                                    2002            2001
                                                                  --------        --------
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                          
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:(1)

  Real estate:
    One- to four-family residential first.............            $     53        $     --
    One- to four-family residential second............                  --              --
    Multi-family......................................                  --              --
    Commercial........................................                  --              --
    Construction......................................                  --              --
  Other loans:
     Consumer installment.............................                  --              --
     Commercial.......................................                  --              --
     Automobile.......................................                  --              --
     Passbook.........................................                  --              --
     Other............................................                  --              --
                                                                    ------          ------

     Total............................................            $     53        $      -
                                                                  ========        ========

Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more:

  Real estate:
    One- to four-family residential first.............            $     31        $     44
    One- to four-family residential second............                  --              --
    Multi-family......................................                  --              --
    Commercial........................................                  --              --
    Construction......................................                  --              --
  Other loans:                                                          --
     Consumer installment.............................                  --              --
     Commercial.......................................                  --              --
     Automobile.......................................                  --              --
     Passbook.........................................                  --               1
     Other............................................                   2               2
                                                                  --------        --------

     Total............................................            $     33        $     47
                                                                  ========        ========
     Total nonperforming loans........................            $     86        $     47
                                                                  ========        ========
  Percentage of total loans...........................                0.33%           0.21%
                                                                  ========        ========

  Other non-performing assets(2)......................            $     --        $     17
                                                                  ========        ========


- ---------------
(1)      Non-accrual   status  denotes  loans  on  which,   in  the  opinion  of
         management, the collection of additional interest is unlikely. Payments
         received on a  nonaccrual  loan are either  applied to the  outstanding
         principal  balance  or  recorded  as  interest  income,   depending  on
         management's assessment of the collectibility of the loan.
(2)      Other  nonperforming  assets  represents  property acquired by the Bank
         through  foreclosure or  repossession.  This property is carried at the
         lower of its fair market value or the principal  balance of the related
         loan, whichever is lower.

         During the year ended December 31, 2002,  gross interest income of $897
would have been  recorded on loans  accounted  for on a nonaccrual  basis if the
loans had been current throughout the period. Interest on such loans included in
income during such periods amounted to $544.

                                     - 53 -



         Loans which are not currently  classified as non-accrual,  90 days past
due or restructured but where known  information  about possible credit problems
of borrowers causes management to have serious concerns as to the ability of the
borrowers  to  comply  with  present  loan  repayment  terms  and may  result in
disclosure as non-accrual,  90 days past due or restructured  amounted to $7,200
at December 31, 2002.  This loan consisted of a six-month  demand loan where the
borrower had declared bankruptcy but was not 90 days delinquent.

         Classified Assets. OTS regulations provide for a classification  system
for problem  assets of savings  institutions  which  covers all problem  assets.
Under this classification system, problem assets of savings institutions such as
ours  are  classified  as  "substandard,"  "doubtful,"  or  "loss."  An asset is
considered  substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth
and paying  capacity  of the  borrower  or of the  collateral  pledged,  if any.
Substandard  assets include those  characterized  by the "distinct  possibility"
that the savings  institution  will sustain "some loss" if the  deficiencies are
not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent
in  those  classified  substandard,  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the
weaknesses  present make  "collection  or  liquidation  in full, on the basis of
currently  existing facts,  conditions,  and, values,  "highly  questionable and
improbable." Assets classified as loss are those considered  "uncollectible" and
of such little value that their  continuance as assets without the establishment
of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets may be designated  "special
mention"   because  of  potential   weakness  that  do  not  currently   warrant
classification in one of the aforementioned categories.

         When  a  savings  institution   classifies  problem  assets  as  either
substandard or doubtful,  it may establish general allowances for loan losses in
an amount  deemed  prudent by  management.  General  allowances  represent  loss
allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated
with lending activities,  but which, unlike specific  allowances,  have not been
allocated to particular problem assets.  When a savings  institution  classifies
problem assets as loss, it is required either to establish a specific  allowance
for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge
off such amount. A savings institution's  determination as to the classification
of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by
the OTS,  which may order the  establishment  of additional  general or specific
loss  allowances.  A portion of general  loss  allowances  established  to cover
possible  losses related to assets  classified as substandard or doubtful may be
included in determining a savings  institution's  regulatory  capital.  Specific
valuation  allowances  for loan losses  generally  do not qualify as  regulatory
capital.

         At  December  31,  2002,  we  had  $266,000  in  loans   classified  as
substandard and $8,000 in loans classified as doubtful.  The Bank's  substandard
assets at December 31, 2002 consisted of six residential first mortgages with an
aggregate  balance of $252,000 and six consumer loans with an aggregate  balance
of $14,000.  In each case,  the loan was either 90 days past due or less than 90
days past due but involved a borrower in bankruptcy or with past  delinquencies.
Of these  loans,  $53,000  were shown on the table in the  preceding  section as
non-accrual  and  $32,000  are  shown as  accruing  90 days or more  past due at
December  31,  2002.  The  remaining  substandard  loans  were less than 90 days
delinquent at December 31, 2002. The doubtful assets  consisted of a demand note
with a balance of $7,200 which was 12 days past due at December 2002 but

                                     - 54 -



involved a borrower in bankruptcy,  which is disclosed in the preceding  section
as a loan about which  management  had  serious  doubts as to the ability of the
borrower  to repay,  and an $800  consumer  installment  loan which was 101 days
delinquent  and shown as an  accruing  loan over 90 days past due.  Reserves  of
$38,000  have been  allocated  to the  substandard  assets and $4,000  have been
allocated to the doubtful assets.

         Foreclosed Real Estate.  Real estate acquired in settlement of loans is
carried at the lower of the  unpaid  loan  balance or fair value less  estimated
costs to sell.  Write-downs  from the unpaid  loan  balance to fair value at the
time of  foreclosure  are charged to the allowance  for loan losses.  Subsequent
write-downs to fair value, net of disposal costs, are charged to other expenses.
At  December  31,  2002,  we had no  properties  which  we  received  in lieu of
foreclosure.

         Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained
at a level, which, in management's judgment, is adequate to absorb credit losses
inherent  in the  loan  portfolio.  The  amount  of the  allowance  is  based on
management's  evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio,  including
the nature of the portfolio,  credit  concentrations,  trends in historical loss
experience,  specific  impaired  loans,  economic  conditions  and  other  risks
inherent  in  the  portfolio.   Allowances  for  impaired  loans  are  generally
determined  based on collateral  values or the present  value of estimated  cash
flows.  The  allowance  is increased  by a provision  for loan losses,  which is
charged  to  expense,  and  reduced  by  charge-offs,  net  of  recoveries.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Critical Accounting Policies" for further discussion of the Bank's
methodology for determining the allowance.

         We monitor  our  allowance  for loan losses and make  additions  to the
allowance as economic  and other  conditions  dictate.  Although we maintain our
allowance for loan losses at a level that we consider  adequate for the inherent
risk of loss in our loan  portfolio,  actual  losses could exceed the balance of
the allowance for loan losses and additional provisions for loan losses could be
required.  In addition,  our determination as to the amount of its allowance for
loan losses is subject to review by the OTS, as part of its examination process.
After  a  review  of the  information  available,  the  OTS  might  require  the
establishment of an additional allowance.

                                     - 55 -



         The  following  table sets forth an analysis of our  allowance for loan
losses for the periods indicated.


                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         2002              2001
                                                         ----              ----
                                                         (Dollars in thousands)

Balance at beginning of period.....................     $ 105             $  60
                                                        -----             -----
Loans charged-off:
  Real estate mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family residential first..........        --                28
    One- to four-family residential second.........        --                --
    Multi-family...................................        --                --
    Commercial.....................................        --                --
    Construction...................................        --                --
  Other loans:
    Consumer installment...........................        15                16
    Commercial.....................................        --                --
    Automobile.....................................         4                --
    Passbook.......................................        --                --
    Other..........................................         5                11
                                                        -----             -----

Total charge-offs..................................        24                55
                                                        -----             -----
Recoveries:
  Real estate mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family residential first..........        --                --
    One- to four-family residential second.........        --                --
    Multi-family...................................        --                --
    Commercial.....................................        --                --
    Construction...................................        --                --
  Other loans:
    Consumer installment...........................         4                 3
    Commercial.....................................        --                --
    Automobile.....................................         3                --
    Passbook.......................................        --                --
    Other..........................................        --                 3
                                                        -----             -----
Total recoveries...................................         7                 6
                                                        -----             -----

Net loans charged-off..............................        17                49
                                                        -----             -----
Provision for loan losses..........................        18                94
                                                        -----             -----

Balance at end of period...........................     $ 106             $ 105
                                                        =====             =====

Ratio of net charge-offs to average
   loans outstanding during the period.............      0.07%             0.24%
                                                        =====             =====

                                     - 56 -



         The following  table  illustrates  the  allocation of the allowance for
loan losses for each category of loan.  The  allocation of the allowance to each
category is not necessarily indicative of future loss in any particular category
and does not  restrict our use of the  allowance to absorb  losses in other loan
categories.



                                                                         At December 31,
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                                               2002                         2001
                                                       --------------------------    --------------------------
                                                                     Percent of                    Percent of
                                                                    Loans in Each                Loans in Each
                                                                     Category to                  Category to
                                                       Amount        Total Loans     Amount       Total Loans
                                                       ------        -----------     ------       -----------
                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                         

Real estate mortgage loans:
    One- to four-family residential first....          $   48            86.10%      $   50            87.97%
    One- to four-family residential second...               5             2.24            5             2.81
    Multi-family.............................              --             1.73           --             0.41
    Commercial...............................              10             3.07           10             2.10
    Construction.............................               5             0.80            5             0.30
Other loans:
    Consumer installment.....................              24             1.09           23             1.46
    Commercial...............................               3             0.39            3             0.04
    Automobile...............................               7             2.85            6             2.49
    Passbook                                               --             0.92           --             1.21
    Other....................................               4             0.81            3             1.15
                                                      -------           ------       ------            -----

     Total allowance for loan losses.........         $   106           100.00%      $  105           100.00%
                                                       ======           ======       ======           ======


Investment Activities

         Investment  Securities.  We are  required  by  federal  regulations  to
maintain a minimum  amount of liquid  assets  which may be invested in specified
short-term securities and certain other investments.  The level of liquid assets
varies depending upon several factors,  including:  (i) the yields on investment
alternatives;  (ii) our  judgment  as to the  attractiveness  of the yields then
available in relation to other opportunities;  (iii) expectation of future yield
levels;  and (iv) our  projections as to the  short-term  demand for funds to be
used in loan  origination  and other  activities.  At  December  31,  2002,  our
investment  securities  portfolio  consisted  primarily of FHLB bonds of various
maturities.

         Our  securities at December 31, 2002 did not contain  securities of any
issuer with an  aggregate  book value in excess of 10% of our equity,  excluding
those issued by the United States Government or its agencies.

         Mortgage-Backed  Securities.  We  have  invested  from  time to time in
residential mortgage- backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities can serve as
collateral for borrowings  and,  through  repayments,  as a source of liquidity.
Mortgage-backed  securities represent a participation interest in a pool of one-
to four-family or other type of mortgages.  Principal and interest  payments are
passed  from  the  mortgage  originators,   through  intermediaries   (generally
quasi-governmental agencies) that pool and repackage the participation interests
in the  form  of  securities,  to  investors  such  as us.  Our  mortgage-backed
securities  portfolio  consists  primarily of  participations  or pass-  through
certificates issued by the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA").

                                     - 57 -



GNMA  certificates are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the full faith
and credit of the United States. Our  mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio was
classified as "held-to-maturity" at December 31, 2002.

         Expected  maturities  will differ from  contractual  maturities  due to
scheduled  repayments and because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

         Mortgage-backed  securities  typically are issued with stated principal
amounts.  The  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with
interest  rates that are  within a set range and have  varying  maturities.  The
underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either  fixed-rate or adjustable
mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are generally referred to as mortgage
participation certificates or pass-through certificates.  The interest rate risk
characteristics  of the  underlying  pool  of  mortgages  (i.e.,  fixed-rate  or
adjustable-rate)  and the  prepayment  risk,  are  passed on to the  certificate
holder.  The life of a  mortgage-backed  pass- through  security is equal to the
life of the underlying mortgages.

         The  following  table sets forth the carrying  value of our  investment
securities and mortgage- backed portfolio at the dates indicated.


                                                          At December 31,
                                                          ---------------
                                                         2002         2001
                                                         ----         ----
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
Securities available-for-sale:
   U.S. government and agency securities.........      $   --       $  754
Securities held-to-maturity:
   U.S. government and agency securities.........       1,700        2,400
   Mortgage-backed securities....................         202          670
                                                       ------       ------
      Total investments..........................      $1,902       $3,824
                                                       ======        =====



                                     - 58 -



         The  following  table sets  forth the  scheduled  maturities,  carrying
values,  market  values and  average  yields  for our  investment  portfolio  at
December 31, 2002.



                                                                                                                     Total
                            One Year or Less   One to Five Years   Five to Ten Years  More than Ten Years    Investment Securities
                           ------------------  ------------------ ------------------- -------------------  -------------------------
                                     Weighted            Weighted            Weighted            Weighted
                           Carrying  Average   Carrying  Average   Carrying  Average   Carrying  Average   Carrying   Market Average
                            Value     Yield     Value     Yield     Value     Yield     Value     Yield     Value     Value   Yield
                           -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ------- ------
                                                                (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                            
Securities held
to maturity:
  U.S. government and
    agency securities....    $400     6.05%    $1,300     5.62%    $   --        --%     $ --        --%   $1,700    $1,780    5.72%
  Mortgage-backed
    securities...........      --       --        --        --         56      8.00       146      8.44       202       217    8.32
                             ----              ------               -----                ----              ------    ------

     Total...............    $400     6.05     $1,300     5.62      $  56      8.00      $146      8.44    $1,902    $1,997    6.00
                             ====              ======               =====                ====              ======    ======


                                     - 59 -



Sources of Funds

         Deposits are our major  external  source of funds for lending and other
investment  purposes.  Funds are also  derived  from the  receipt of payments on
loans and  prepayment  of loans and,  to a much  lesser  extent,  maturities  of
investment securities and mortgage-backed securities, borrowings and operations.
Scheduled  loan principal  repayments  are a relatively  stable source of funds,
while  deposit  inflows and  outflows  and loan  prepayments  are  significantly
influenced by general interest rates and market conditions.

         Deposits.  We attract  deposits  principally  from  within our  primary
market area through the offering of a selection of deposit instruments including
regular savings accounts,  money market accounts, and term certificate accounts.
Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance  required,  the time
period the funds must remain on deposit,  and the  interest  rate.  The interest
rates  we pay  on  deposits  are  set  weekly  at the  direction  of our  senior
management.  Interest rates are determined based on our liquidity  requirements,
interest  rates paid by our  competitors,  and our growth  goals and  applicable
regulatory restrictions and requirements.

         Like  most  savings  institutions,  the  Bank has  historically  relied
primarily on certificates  of deposit for funding.  In order to attract funds in
prior years, the Bank had paid higher rates on certificate accounts which caused
its cost of funds to increase.  Recently,  the Bank has  attempted to reduce its
reliance on certificate accounts by attracting more transaction  accounts,  such
as checking,  NOW and money market accounts. As higher rate certificates mature,
the Bank expects to reduce its cost of funds.

         At December 31, 2002, time  certificates in amounts of $100,000 or more
constituted  $3.5 million,  or 12.6%, of our total deposit base. The majority of
these certificates represent deposits from long-standing customers.

                                     - 60 -



         At December 31,  2002,  our deposits  were  represented  by the various
types of savings programs described below.




 Interest       Minimum                                         Minimum          Balances       Percentage of
   Rate*         Term              Category                     Balance       (in thouands)    Total Deposits
  -------       ------             --------                    ---------       -----------     --------------

                                                                                 
       0.00% None           Basic checking                      $   100           $1,430             5.08%
       0.50  None           Passbook savings                         25            3,169            11.27
       0.25  None           NOW accounts                            100            1,107             3.94
       0.75  None           Money market account                  1,500            2,072             7.37

                            Certificates of Deposit
                            -----------------------
       1.60  91 day         Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000              794             2.82
       1.65  182 day        Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000            1,821             6.47
       1.75  9 month        Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000            1,162             4.13
       1.85  1 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000            3,438            12.22
       2.00  18 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000              357             1.27
       2.45  23 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000              223             0.79
       2.45  2 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000            1,081             3.84
       2.45  24 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000              543             1.93
       2.50  30 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000              903             3.21
       3.00  3 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000            2,952            10.50
       3.15  4 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000              397             1.41
       3.65  5 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000            5,029            17.88
       2.00  IRA            Fixed-term, fixed-rate                1,000            1,615             5.74
             Other                                                                    35             0.13
                                                                                 -------           ------
                            Total certificates of deposit                        $20,350            72.34
                                                                                 -------           ------
                                                                                 $28,128           100.00%
                                                                                 =======           ======


- -----------
*    Represents weighted average interest rate.

         The following table sets forth the average  balances and interest rates
based on  month-end  balances  for  interest-bearing  demand  deposits  and time
deposits as of the dates indicated.


                                             Year Ended December 31,
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                           2002                   2001
                                   ---------------------  ----------------------
                                     Average  Average       Average   Average
                                     Balance   Rate         Balance    Rate
                                     -------  -------       -------   -------
                                              (Dollars in thousands)

Non interest-bearing demand......    $ 1,202      --%       $ 1,033       --%
Interest-bearing demand..........      2,892    0.91%         2,488     1.90%
Passbook savings.................      3,363    0.65%         2,746     1.82%
Certificates of deposit..........     20,230    4.43%        19,787     4.46%
                                      ------                -------

     Total.......................    $27,687                $26,054
                                      ======                =======


                                     - 61 -



         The  following  table sets forth our time  certificates  classified  by
interest rate at the dates indicated.


                                       At December 31,
                                  -------------------------
                                    2002              2001
                                  -------           -------
                                    (Dollars in thousands)
Interest Rate
0.00-1.99%.............           $ 1,993           $    13
2.00-3.99%.............             9,440             7,009
4.00-5.99%.............             5,579             7,013
6.00-7.99%.............             3,328             5,865
8.00-9.99%.............                10                10
                                  -------           -------
  Total................           $20,350           $19,910
                                  =======           =======

         The  following  table sets forth the amount and  maturities of our time
certificates at December 31, 2002.



                                                   Amount Due
                            -----------------------------------------------------------
                            Less Than    One to        Two to         After
Rate                         One Year   Two Years    Three Years   Three Years   Total
- ----                         --------   ---------    -----------   -----------   -----
                                            (In thousands)
                                                               
0.00-1.99%.............     $ 1,993      $   --        $   --        $   --     $ 1,993
2.00-3.99%.............       6,629       1,949           821            41       9,440
4.00-5.99%.............       1,594       1,714            90         2,181       5,579
6.00-7.99%.............         702         190         2,195           241       3,328
8.00-9.99%.............          10          --            --            --          10
                            -------      ------        ------        ------     -------
  Total................     $10,928      $3,853        $3,106        $2,463     $20,350
                            =======      ======        ======        ======     =======



         The  following  table sets forth our deposit  activity  for the periods
indicated:



                                                            Increase
                                                           (Decrease)
                                 Balance at                   from        Balance at
                                December 31,     % of     December 31,   December 31,    % of
                                    2002       Deposits       2001           2001      Deposits
                                   ------      --------      ------         ------     --------
                                                    (Dollars in thousands)

                                                                          
Basic checking.............       $ 1,430         5.08%      $  415       $ 1,015          3.81%
NOW accounts...............         1,107         3.94          174           933          3.51
Money markets..............         2,072         7.37          330         1,742          6.55
Passbook savings...........         3,169        11.27          158         3,011         11.31
Certificates of deposit....        20,350        72.34          440        19,910         74.82
                                  -------      -------      -------       -------       -------
    Total..................       $28,128       100.00%      $1,517       $26,611        100.00%
                                  =======       ======       ======       =======        ======




                                     - 62 -



         The following  table  indicates the amount of our time  certificates of
$100,000 or more by original maturity as of December 31, 2002.


                                                          Certificates
      Maturity Period                                     of Deposits
      ---------------                                     -----------
                                                         (In thousands)

      Three months or less.........................           $   508
      Over three through six months................               201
      Over six through 12 months...................               870
      Over 12 months...............................             1,957
                                                               ------

                                                               $3,536
                                                               ======

         Borrowings.  Advances  (borrowings)  may be  obtained  from the FHLB of
Cincinnati to supplement our supply of lendable funds. Advances from the FHLB of
Cincinnati  are  typically  secured  by a  pledge  of our  stock  in the FHLB of
Cincinnati,  a portion of our first mortgage  loans and other assets.  Each FHLB
credit program has its own interest rate, which may be fixed or adjustable,  and
range of  maturities.  At  December  31,  2002,  we did not have any  borrowings
outstanding.

         The following table sets forth certain information at the dates and for
the periods  indicated  regarding the Bank's FHLB  advances  which were its only
class of borrowings outstanding during the past two fiscal years.




                                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                                                     -----------------------
                                                                        2002        2001
                                                                        ----        ----
                                                                          
Amounts outstanding at end of period...........................      $    --       $ 1,000
Weighted average rate paid ....................................         2.47%         4.17%
Maximum amount of borrowings outstanding at any month end......      $ 1,000       $ 1,000
Average borrowings outstanding (1).............................      $   530       $   540
Approximate weighted average rate paid (1).....................         2.47%         4.17%


- ------------
(1) Based on month-end balances.

Competition

         We compete for deposits with other insured financial  institutions such
as local commercial banks,  thrift  institutions,  credit unions and multi-state
regional  banks in our market  area.  We also  compete for funds with  insurance
products sold by local agents and  investment  products such as mutual funds and
other securities sold by local and regional brokers.  According to data from the
FDIC, we held approximately 5% of FDIC-insured  deposits in Hopkins County as of
June 30, 2002, the latest date for which such data was available. Such data does
not cover  deposits held by credit  unions.  We have  historically  competed for
deposits by paying higher rates than our local competitors.

                                     - 63 -



         Our competition for loans depends on market  conditions and the type of
lending. Our competition for residential mortgages comes primarily from mortgage
bankers and brokers who primarily originate long-term fixed-rate loans on behalf
of secondary market  investors.  While we also originate  long-term,  fixed-rate
loans on  behalf  of  secondary  market  investors,  our  principal  residential
mortgage  loan  offerings  are our various  ARM loans  which we market  based on
flexibility of terms and superior  service.  We compete  primarily against other
local depository institutions for commercial and multi-family real estate loans.
We  compete  for  these  lending  opportunities  primarily  on the  basis of our
flexibility and  responsiveness as a locally owned and oriented  community bank.
We compete  against other local  financial  institutions  and a variety of other
lenders including  finance  companies and automobile  dealers for consumer loans
and second mortgages.  We generally compete for these loans based on our variety
of lending solutions, customer relationships and quality of service.

Properties

         The following table sets forth certain  information  regarding our main
office, which is our only location.


                                                  Book Value at
                               Year   Owned or     December 31,    Approximate
                              Opened   Leased          2002       Square Footage
                              ------   ------         ------      --------------
                                            (Dollars in thousands)

Main Office:
240 South Main Street
Madisonville, KY 42431         1959     Owned          $ 28           4,200


         The book value of the  Bank's  investment  in  premises  and  equipment
totaled  $773,000  at  December  31,  2002.  See Note 5 of  Notes  to  Financial
Statements.

         The Bank has  acquired a property  located  at 2400  North Main  Street
in Madisonville for a future branch location.  The two-acre property includes an
existing  building  with over 4200 square feet of ground level space and a paved
parking lot. The purchase  price was $360,000.  The Bank  estimates that it will
invest an  additional  $500,000 to remodel and equip the  existing  structure to
serve as a branch.  The Bank expects to finance these  expenditures from cash on
hand and existing cash flows. The Bank expects to begin remodeling by year end.

Personnel

         At December 31, 2002, we had 12 full-time  and no part-time  employees.
None of our employees  are  represented  by a collective  bargaining  group.  We
believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

                                     - 64 -



Legal Proceedings

         We are, from time to time, a party to legal proceedings  arising in the
ordinary  course of our business,  including  legal  proceedings  to enforce our
rights against borrowers.  We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings
which  are  expected  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial
statements.

                                   REGULATION

         Set forth below is a brief  description of certain laws which relate to
us.  The  description  is not  complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
references to applicable laws and regulations.

General

         As a federally  chartered,  SAIF-insured  savings  institution,  we are
subject to extensive  regulation by the OTS and the FDIC. Our lending activities
and other  investments  must comply with various federal and state statutory and
regulatory  requirements,  and the OTS  periodically  examines us for compliance
with various  regulatory  requirements.  The FDIC also has  authority to conduct
periodic  examinations  of us. We must file reports with the OTS  describing our
activities  and our  financial  condition,  and we must  obtain  approvals  from
regulatory  authorities before entering into certain  transactions,  such as the
conversion or mergers with other financial institutions.  We are also subject to
certain  reserve  requirements  promulgated  by the  Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System ("Federal  Reserve  System").  Our relationship  with our
depositors  and  borrowers  is also  regulated  to a great extent by federal and
state law,  especially in such matters as the ownership of savings  accounts and
the form and content of our mortgage documents.  This supervision and regulation
is primarily intended to protect depositors. The regulatory structure also gives
the  regulatory  authorities  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with  their
supervisory  and  enforcement  activities and  examination  policies,  including
policies with respect to the  classification  of assets and the establishment of
adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.  Any change in regulations,
whether  by the OTS,  the FDIC or any  other  government  agency,  could  have a
material adverse impact on our operations.

Regulation of the Bank

         Insurance of Deposit  Accounts.  The FDIC  maintains two separate funds
for the  insurance  of  deposits up to  prescribed  statutory  limits.  The Bank
Insurance  Fund ("BIF")  insures the deposits of  commercial  banks and the SAIF
insures the deposits of savings  associations.  We are a member of the SAIF. The
FDIC is authorized to establish  separate  annual  assessment  rates for deposit
insurance for members of the BIF and the SAIF. The FDIC may increase  assessment
rates for either fund if  necessary  to restore the fund's  ratio of reserves to
insured  deposits to its target level within a reasonable  time and may decrease
such  assessment  rates  if such  target  level  has  been  met.  The  FDIC  has
established a risk-based assessment system for both SAIF and BIF members.  Under
this  system,  assessments  are set  within  a  range,  based  on the  risk  the
institution  poses to its deposit  insurance fund. This risk level is determined
based on the  institution's  capital  level and the FDIC's level of  supervisory
concern about the institution.

                                     - 65 -



         Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.   OTS  capital  regulations  require
savings institutions to meet three capital standards: (1) tangible capital equal
to at least 1.5 % of total adjusted  assets,  (2) core capital equal to at least
3.0% of total  adjusted  assets,  and (3) total  risk-based  capital equal to at
least 8.0% of total risk-weighted assets. In addition,  the OTS may require that
a savings  institution  that has a  risk-based  capital  ratio less than 8.0%, a
ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk- weighted assets of less than 4.0% or a ratio of
Tier 1  capital  to  adjusted  total  assets  of less  than  4.0%  (3.0%  if the
institution has received the highest rating on its most recent examination) take
certain actions to increase its capital ratios. If the institution's  capital is
significantly  below the minimum  required  levels or if it is  unsuccessful  in
increasing  its  capital  ratios,   the  OTS  may  significantly   restrict  its
activities.

         Core  capital  is  defined as common  stockholders'  equity  (including
retained  earnings),  non-  cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and minority
interests  in  the  equity  accounts  of  consolidated   subsidiaries,   certain
non-withdrawable  accounts and pledged  deposits of mutual savings  associations
and qualifying  supervisory  goodwill,  less intangible  assets (other than core
deposit intangibles,  servicing assets,  purchased credit card relationships and
other  qualifying  intangible  assets) and investments in certain  subsidiaries.
Tier 1 has the same definition as core capital.  Tangible  capital is defined as
core  capital  less  supervisory  goodwill,  non-mortgage  servicing  assets and
purchased   credit  card   relationships   and  less  certain   investments   in
subsidiaries.

         Total   risk-based   capital  equals  the  sum  of  core  capital  plus
supplementary  capital. The components of supplementary  capital include,  among
other items,  cumulative perpetual preferred stock, perpetual subordinated debt,
mandatory convertible subordinated debt,  intermediate-term preferred stock, and
the portion of the  allowance for loan losses not  designated  for specific loan
losses.  Overall,  supplementary  capital is limited to 100% of core capital.  A
savings institution must calculate its risk-weighted  assets by multiplying each
asset and  off-balance  sheet item by various risk factors as  determined by the
OTS,  which  range  from 0% for  cash to 100%  for  delinquent  loans,  property
acquired through  foreclosure,  commercial  loans, and other assets. At December
31, 2002, we were in compliance with all regulatory  capital  requirements as is
shown in the table below.


                                                                      Percent of
                                                    Amount            Assets(1)
                                                    ------            ---------
                                                      (Dollars in thousands)

Tangible capital............................        $1,749                5.83%
Tangible capital requirement................           450                1.50
                                                   -------              ------
   Excess...................................        $1,299                4.33%
                                                    ======              ======

Core capital................................        $1,749                5.83%
Core capital requirement(2).................         1,199                4.00
                                                    ------              ------
   Excess...................................       $   550                1.83%
                                                    ======              ======

Total risk-based capital....................        $1,855               11.12%
Total risk-based capital requirement........         1,335                8.00
                                                   -------              ------
   Excess...................................       $   520                3.12%
                                                   =======              ======
- ------------
(1)      Based on adjusted total assets for purposes of the tangible capital and
         core capital  requirements and risk-weighted  assets for purpose of the
         total risk-based capital requirement.

                                     - 66 -



(2)      Reflects the capital  requirement  which the Bank must satisfy to avoid
         regulatory   restrictions  that  may  be  imposed  pursuant  to  prompt
         corrective action regulations.

         The Bank currently meets the criteria to be treated as well capitalized
under  OTS  regulations.  As a well  capitalized  institution,  the  Bank is not
subject  to  various   sanctions   that  may  be  imposed  on   undercapitalized
institutions. As long as the Bank is well capitalized or adequately capitalized,
it may be eligible for expedited  treatment of its regulatory  applications  and
lower examination and deposit insurance assessment rates.

         OTS rules  require a deduction  from  capital for savings  institutions
with certain levels of interest rate risk. The OTS calculates the sensitivity of
an institution's  net portfolio value based on data submitted by the institution
in a schedule to its quarterly  Thrift  Financial  Report and using the interest
rate risk measurement  model adopted by the OTS. The amount of the interest rate
risk component, if any, deducted from an institution's total capital is based on
the institution's  Thrift Financial Report filed two quarters  earlier.  The OTS
has indefinitely  postponed  implementation of the interest rate risk component,
and the Bank has not been  required to determine  whether it will be required to
deduct an interest rate risk component from capital.

         Dividend and Other Capital  Distribution  Limitations.  OTS regulations
will  require the Bank to give the OTS 30 days  advance  notice of any  proposed
declaration  of dividends  to the  Company.  The OTS may prohibit the payment of
dividends to the Company. In addition, we may not declare or pay a cash dividend
on our capital  stock if the effect  would be to reduce our  regulatory  capital
below the amount required for the  liquidation  account to be established at the
time of the  conversion.  See "The  Conversion -- Effects of Conversion to Stock
Form on  Depositors  and  Borrowers  of  Community  First  Bank  --  Liquidation
Account."

         Savings  associations  must submit  notice to the OTS prior to making a
capital  distribution (which includes  dividends,  stock repurchases and amounts
paid to stockholders in another  institution in a cash merger) if (a) they would
not be well  capitalized  after the  distribution,  (b) the  distribution  would
result in the retirement of any of the  association's  common or preferred stock
or  debt  counted  as its  regulatory  capital,  or  (c)  the  association  is a
subsidiary of a holding company. A savings  association must make application to
the OTS to pay a  capital  distribution  if (x)  the  association  would  not be
adequately  capitalized following the distribution,  (y) the association's total
distributions  for the calendar year exceed the association's net income for the
calendar year to date plus its net income (less distributions) for the preceding
two years, or (z) the  distribution  would otherwise  violate  applicable law or
regulation or an agreement with or condition imposed by the OTS.

         A savings institution is prohibited from making a capital  distribution
if,  after  making  the   distribution,   the  savings   institution   would  be
undercapitalized  (i.e.,  not meet  any one of its  minimum  regulatory  capital
requirements).  Further,  a savings  institution  cannot  distribute  regulatory
capital that is needed for its liquidation account.

         Qualified  Thrift  Lender  Test.  Savings   institutions  must  meet  a
Qualified Thrift Lender test. To satisfy the test, we must either (i) qualify as
a "domestic  building and loan  association"  under the Internal Revenue Code by
maintaining at least 60% of our total assets in specified types

                                     - 67 -



of assets,  including cash, certain government securities,  loans secured by and
other  assets  related  to  residential  real  property,  educational  loans and
investments in premises of the  institution or (ii) maintain at least 65% of our
portfolio  assets  (total  assets  less  intangible  assets,  property we use in
conducting  our business  and liquid  assets in an amount not  exceeding  20% of
total assets) in Qualified  Thrift  Investments.  Qualified  Thrift  Investments
consist primarily of residential  mortgage loans and  mortgage-backed  and other
securities related to domestic, residential real estate or manufactured housing.
The shares of stock we own in the FHLB of  Cincinnati  also qualify as Qualified
Thrift Investments. Subject to an aggregate limit of 20% of portfolio assets, we
may also count the  following as Qualified  Thrift  Investments:  (i) 50% of the
dollar  amount  of  residential   mortgage  loans   originated  for  sale,  (ii)
investments in the capital stock or  obligations  of any service  corporation or
operating  subsidiary  as long as such  subsidiary  derives  at least 80% of its
revenues  from domestic  housing  related  activities,  (iii) 200% of the dollar
amount of loans and  investments  to  purchase,  construct  or develop  "starter
homes," subject to certain other restrictions, (iv) 200% of the dollar amount of
loans for the purchase,  construction  or  development  of domestic  residential
housing  or  community  centers  in  "credit  needy"  areas or loans  for  small
businesses  located in such areas,  (v) loans for the purchase,  construction or
development of community centers, (vi) loans for personal,  family, household or
educational purposes, subject to a maximum of 10% of portfolio assets, and (vii)
shares of the Federal Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  or the Federal  National
Mortgage Association stock.

         If we  satisfy  the test,  we will  continue  to enjoy  full  borrowing
privileges  from the FHLB of  Cincinnati.  If we do not  satisfy the test we may
lose our  borrowing  restrictions  and be subject to  activities  and  branching
restrictions  applicable to national banks. Compliance with the Qualified Thrift
Lender test is determined on a monthly basis in nine out of every 12 months.  As
of December 31, 2002,  we were in compliance  with our  Qualified  Thrift Lender
requirement.

         Transactions With Affiliates. Generally, transactions between a savings
institution  and  its  affiliates  are  subject  to  certain  limitations.  Such
transactions  must be on  terms  as  favorable  to the  savings  institution  as
comparable  transactions  with  non-affiliates.  In addition,  certain  types of
transactions   are  restricted  to  an  aggregate   percentage  of  the  savings
institution's capital.  Collateral in specified amounts must usually be provided
by  affiliates  in order to receive  loans  from the  savings  institution.  Our
affiliates  include  the Company  and any  company  which would be under  common
control with us. In addition, a savings institution may not extend credit to any
affiliate  engaged in activities not  permissible  for a bank holding company or
acquire the  securities of any affiliate  that is not a subsidiary.  The OTS has
the discretion to treat  subsidiaries of savings  institution as affiliates on a
case-by-case basis.

         Loans to Directors,  Executive Officers and Principal Stockholders. Our
loans to our directors,  executive  officers and,  subsequent to the conversion,
our principal  stockholders  may not be made on terms more  favorable than those
afforded  to  other  borrowers,  except  loans  made  as part  of a  benefit  or
compensation  program widely  available to our employees and which does not give
more  preferential   terms  to  directors,   executive   officers  or  principal
stockholders  than to other  employees.  In  addition,  we cannot  make loans in
excess of certain  levels to  directors,  executive  officers  or 10% or greater
stockholders (or any of their affiliates) unless the loan is approved in advance
by a majority  of our Board of  Directors  with any  "interested"  director  not
voting. We

                                     - 68 -



are also prohibited  from paying any overdraft of any of our executive  officers
or directors.  We are also subject to certain other  restrictions  on the amount
and type of loans to executive  officers and directors and must annually  report
such loans to our regulators.

         Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  System.  The Bank is a member of the FHLB of
Cincinnati,  which is one of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or
central bank for its members within its assigned region.  It is funded primarily
from funds deposited by savings  institutions and proceeds derived from the sale
of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to members (i.e.,
advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of
Directors of the FHLB.

         As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the
FHLB of  Cincinnati  in an amount equal to at least 1% of its  aggregate  unpaid
residential  mortgage loans, home purchase  contracts or similar  obligations at
the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of its advances from the FHLB of Cincinnati,
whichever is greater.  At December 31, 2002,  we had $634,000 in FHLB stock,  at
cost, which was in compliance with this requirement.

         Federal  Reserve  System.  The  Federal  Reserve  System  requires  all
depository  institutions to maintain  non-interest bearing reserves at specified
levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW
checking accounts) and non-personal time certificates. At December 31, 2002, the
Bank's reserves met the minimum level required by the Federal Reserve System.

Holding Company Regulation

         General. The Company will be required to register and file reports with
the OTS and will be  subject  to  regulation  and  examination  by the  OTS.  In
addition,  the OTS will have  enforcement  authority  over the  Company  and any
non-savings  institution  subsidiaries.  This will permit the OTS to restrict or
prohibit  activities  that  it  determines  to be a  serious  risk  to us.  This
regulation is intended  primarily for the  protection of our  depositors and not
for the benefit of you, as stockholders of the Company.

         The Company will also be required to file  certain  reports  with,  and
comply with the rules and regulations  of, the SEC under the federal  securities
laws.

         Activities  Restrictions.  As a savings and loan holding company formed
after May 4, 1999, the Company and its non-savings association  subsidiaries are
subject to statutory and regulatory  restrictions on their business  activities.
Under the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended by the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act (the
"GLB Act"), the non-banking  activities of the Company are restricted to certain
activities  specified by statute or OTS  regulation,  which  include  performing
services  and  holding  properties  used by a  savings  association  subsidiary,
activities  authorized  for multiple  savings and loan  holding  companies as of
March 5, 1987, and non-banking activities permissible for bank holding companies
pursuant to the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956 (the "BHC Act") or  authorized
for financial holding companies pursuant to the GLB Act. Furthermore, no company
may acquire control of the Bank unless the acquiring company was a

                                     - 69 -



unitary  savings  and loan  holding  company on May 4, 1999 (or became a unitary
savings and loan holding company  pursuant to an application  pending as of that
date) or the  company  is only  engaged in  activities  that are  permitted  for
multiple savings and loan holding  companies or for financial  holding companies
under the BHC Act as amended by the GLB Act.

         Restrictions on Acquisitions. The Company must obtain approval from the
OTS before  acquiring  control of any other savings  institution  or savings and
loan holding company, substantially all the assets thereof or in excess of 5% of
the  outstanding  shares of another  savings  institution  or  savings  and loan
holding  company.  The  Company's  directors  and officers or persons  owning or
controlling more than 25% of the Company's  stock,  must also obtain approval of
the OTS before acquiring control of any savings  institution or savings and loan
holding company.

         The OTS may only approve acquisitions that will result in the formation
of  a  multiple   savings  and  loan  holding  company  which  controls  savings
institutions  in more than one  state  if:  (i) the  multiple  savings  and loan
holding company involved controls a savings institution which operated a home or
branch  office in the state of the  institution  to be  acquired  as of March 5,
1987;  (ii) the  acquiror  is  authorized  to  acquire  control  of the  savings
institution  pursuant to the  emergency  acquisition  provisions  of the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Act;  or (iii)  the  statutes  of the  state  in  which  the
institution to be acquired is located  specifically  permit  institutions  to be
acquired by  state-chartered  institutions or savings and loan holding companies
located in the state  where the  acquiring  entity is  located  (or by a holding
company that controls such state-chartered savings institutions).

         Federal   Securities  Law.  The  Company  has  filed  with  the  SEC  a
Registration  Statement  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities  Act"), for the registration of the common stock. Upon completion of
the  conversion,  the  common  stock will be  registered  with the SEC under the
Exchange Act and, under OTS  regulations,  generally may not be deregistered for
at least three years thereafter. The Company will be subject to the information,
proxy solicitation,  insider trading  restrictions and other requirements of the
Exchange Act.

         The registration  under the Securities Act of the common stock does not
cover the resale of such shares. Shares of the common stock purchased by persons
who  are  not  affiliates  of  the  Company  may  generally  be  resold  without
registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of the Company will be subject to
certain  resale  restrictions.  As long as the Company meets the current  public
information  requirements,  each  affiliate of the Company who complies with the
other conditions would be able to sell a limited number of shares based upon the
number of shares  outstanding  and the  average  trading  volume  for the common
stock.

         Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. On July 30, 2002, the President signed into
law the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002 (the  "Act")  which  mandated  a variety of
reforms intended to address corporate and accounting fraud. The Act provides for
the establishment of a new Public Company Accounting  Oversight Board ("PCAOB"),
which will enforce  auditing,  quality  control and  independence  standards for
firms that audit SEC-reporting companies and will be funded by fees from all SEC
reporting  companies.  The Act imposes higher standards for auditor independence
and restricts  provision of consulting  services by auditing  firms to companies
they audit.  Any non-

                                     - 70 -


audit services being provided to an audit client will require preapproval by the
Company's audit committee members.  In addition,  certain audit partners must be
rotated  periodically.  The Act  requires  chief  executive  officers  and chief
financial officers, or their equivalent,  to certify to the accuracy of periodic
reports  filed with the SEC,  subject to civil and  criminal  penalties  if they
knowingly or  willfully  violate this  certification  requirement.  In addition,
under the Act,  counsel  will be  required  to  report  evidence  of a  material
violation of the  securities  laws or a breach of fiduciary duty by a company to
its chief  executive  officer or its chief legal  officer,  and, if such officer
does not appropriately  respond,  to report such evidence to the audit committee
or other similar committee of the Board of Directors or the Board itself.

         Longer  prison terms will also be applied to corporate  executives  who
violate federal  securities laws, the period during which certain types of suits
can be brought against a company or its officers has been extended,  and bonuses
issued to top executive prior to restatement of a company's financial statements
are now  subject  to  disgorgement  if  such  restatement  was due to  corporate
misconduct.  Executives are also prohibited from trading during  retirement plan
"blackout" periods, and loans to company executives are restricted. In addition,
a provision directs that penalties levied by the SEC as a result of any judicial
or administrative action under the Act be deposited in a fund for the benefit of
harmed investors. Directors and executive officers must also report most changes
in their  ownership  of a company's  securities  within two  business day of the
change.

         The Act also increases the oversight and authority of audit  committees
of publicly traded  companies.  Audit committee  members must be independent and
are barred from accepting  consulting,  advisory or other compensatory fees from
the issuer.  In addition,  all SEC reporting  companies must disclose whether at
least one  member of the  committee  is a  "financial  expert"  (as such term is
defined by the SEC rules) and if not,  why not.  Audit  committees  of  publicly
traded  companies  will have  authority  to retain  their own  counsel and other
advisors funded by the company.  Audit committees must establish  procedures for
the receipt,  retention  and treatment of complaints  regarding  accounting  and
auditing  matters and  procedures  for  confidential,  anonymous  submission  of
employee concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

         Beginning six months after the SEC determines that the PCAOB is able to
carry  out its  functions,  it will be  unlawful  for any  person  that is not a
registered  public  accounting firm ("RPAF") to audit an SEC-reporting  company.
Under the Act, a RPAF is prohibited from performing  statutorily  mandated audit
services  for a  company  if  such  company's  chief  executive  officer,  chief
financial officer,  comptroller,  chief accounting officer or any person serving
in equivalent  positions has been employed by such firm and  participated in the
audit of such company during the one-year period  preceding the audit initiation
date.  The Act also  prohibits any officer or director of a company or any other
person  acting  under their  direction  from  taking any action to  fraudulently
influence,  coerce,  manipulate or mislead any  independent  public or certified
accountant  engaged in the audit of the Company's  financial  statements for the
purpose of rendering the financial statement's  materially  misleading.  The Act
also  requires the SEC to  prescribe  rules  requiring  inclusion of an internal
control   report  and   assessment   by  management  in  the  annual  report  to
stockholders.  The Act  requires the RPAF that issues the audit report to attest
to and report on management's  assessment of the Company's internal controls. In
addition, the Act

                                     - 71 -



requires that each financial  report  required to be prepared in accordance with
(or reconciled to) generally accepted  accounting  principles and filed with the
SEC reflect all material correcting adjustments that are identified by a RPAF in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and the rules and
regulations of the SEC.

         Although the Company  anticipates it will incur additional  expenses in
complying with the provisions of the Act and the related rules,  management does
not expect that such  compliance  will have a material  impact on the  Company's
financial condition or results of operations.

                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         The Bank is subject to the  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), in the same general manner as other corporations.
However,  prior to August 1996, savings institutions such as the Bank, which met
certain  definitional tests and certain other conditions  prescribed by the Code
could benefit from certain favorable  provisions regarding their deductions from
taxable income for annual additions to their bad debt reserve. The amount of the
bad debt deduction  that a qualifying  savings  institution  could claim for tax
purposes with respect to additions to its reserve for bad debts for  "qualifying
real  property  loans"  could be based  upon our  actual  loss  experience  (the
"experience  method") or as a percentage of our taxable income (the  "percentage
of taxable income method"). Historically, we used the method that would allow us
to take the largest deduction.

         In August  1996,  the Code was  revised to  equalize  the  taxation  of
savings  institutions  and banks.  Savings  institutions,  such as the Bank,  no
longer have a choice  between the  percentage  of taxable  income method and the
experience  method in determining  additions to bad debt reserves.  Thrifts with
$500  million of assets or less may still use the  experience  method,  which is
generally available to small banks currently. Larger thrifts may only take a tax
deduction when a loan is actually  charged off. Any reserve  amounts added after
1987 will be taxed over a six year period beginning in 1996;  however,  bad debt
reserves set aside through 1987 are generally not taxed.  A savings  institution
may delay  recapturing  into  income  its  post-1987  bad debt  reserves  for an
additional  two years if it meets a  residential-lending  test.  This law is not
expected to have a material  impact on us. At December 31, 2002, we had $525,000
of post-1987 bad-debt reserves.

         Earnings  appropriated  to our bad debt  reserve  and  claimed as a tax
deduction  including our supplemental  reserves for losses will not be available
for the payment of cash dividends or for distribution  (including  distributions
made on  dissolution  or  liquidation),  unless we include the amount in income,
along with the amount deemed necessary to pay the resulting  federal income tax.
If such amount is used for any purpose  other than bad debt losses,  including a
dividend  distribution or a distribution  in liquidation,  it will be subject to
federal income tax at the then current rate.

         The Code imposes a tax ("AMT") on  alternative  minimum  taxable income
("AMTI")  at a rate of 20%.  AMTI is  increased  by  certain  preference  items,
including the excess of the tax bad

                                     - 72 -



debt reserve  deduction  using the  percentage of taxable income method over the
deduction that would have been allowable under the experience  method.  Only 90%
of AMTI can be offset by net  operating  loss  carryovers  of which we currently
have $557,000. AMTI is also adjusted by determining the tax treatment of certain
items in a manner that negates the deferral of income resulting from the regular
tax treatment of those items.  Thus, our AMTI is increased by an amount equal to
75% of the  amount by which  our  adjusted  current  earnings  exceeds  our AMTI
(determined  without  regard to this  adjustment  and prior to reduction for net
operating  losses).  In tax years  beginning  after December 31, 1997, a "small"
corporation  will not be subject to the AMT  because its  tentative  minimum tax
will be treated as zero.  For a tax year  beginning in 1998, a corporation  that
has had average  annual gross  receipts of  $5,000,000 or less for its 1995-1997
tax years will be a small  corporation.  Once a  corporation  is recognized as a
small corporation, it will continue to be exempt from AMT as long as its average
annual  gross  receipts  for  the  prior  3-year  period  is  not in  excess  of
$7,500,000.  If a  corporation  ceases to be a small  corporation,  the AMT will
apply prospectively only.

         The Company may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from
us as a member of the same  affiliated  group of  corporations.  A 70% dividends
received  deduction  generally  applies with respect to dividends  received from
corporations that are not members of such affiliated  group,  except that an 80%
dividends  received  deduction  applies if the Company owns more than 20% of the
stock of a corporation paying a dividend.  The above exclusion amounts, with the
exception  of the  affiliated  group  figure,  were reduced in years in which we
availed our self of the percentage of taxable income bad debt deduction method.

         Our federal  income tax returns have not been audited by the IRS during
the past five years.

State Taxation

         The  Commonwealth  of  Kentucky  imposes  an  annual  franchise  tax on
financial  institutions  regularly  engaged in  business in Kentucky at any time
during  the  calendar  year.  This  tax is 1.1% of the  financial  institution's
adjusted  net  capital.  For purposes of this tax, net capital is defined as the
aggregate of the Bank's capital stock,  paid-in capital,  retained  earnings and
net unrealized  gains or losses on securities  designated as  available-for-sale
less an amount equal to the five-year  average of the  percentage  that the book
value of any United States  obligations held by the Bank bears to the book value
of the Bank's total assets. Financial institutions which are subject to tax both
within and without Kentucky must apportion their net capital. For the year ended
December  31,  2002,  the amount of such  expense for  Community  First Bank was
approximately $25,000.

                   MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.

         The Company's Board of Directors  consists of the same  individuals who
serve  as  directors  of  Community  First  Bank.  The  Company's   articles  of
incorporation  and bylaws  require that directors be divided into three classes,
as nearly  equal in number as  possible.  Each class of  directors  serves for a
three-year period,  with  approximately  one-third of the directors elected each
year.  Our  officers  will be  elected  annually  by the  Board and serve at the
Board's discretion.

                                     - 73 -



         The  following  individuals  will serve as  executive  officers  of the
Company.


         Name                       Position(s) with the Company
         ----                       ----------------------------

         William M. Tandy           President and Chief Executive Officer
         Marilyn A. Locke           Vice President
         Michael D. Wortham         Vice President and Secretary and Treasurer


                       MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

Directors and Executive Officers

         Our Board of Directors is composed of nine members, each of whom serves
for a term of three years.  Our proposed  stock charter and bylaws  require that
directors be divided into three classes,  as nearly equal in number as possible.
Each class of  directors  serves for a  three-year  period,  with  approximately
one-third of the directors  elected each year. Our officers are elected annually
by our Board and serve at the Board's discretion.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  our
directors and executive officers, all of whom will continue to serve in the same
capacities after the conversion.



                             Age as of
                           December 31,                                     Director         Term
Name                           2002         Position(s) with the Bank         Since        Expires
- ----                          ------        -------------------------       ---------      -------
                                                                               
William M. Tandy                47          President and Chief Executive       2001         2004
                                            Officer; Director
Michael D. Wortham              32          Vice President; Secretary           1998         2005
                                            Treasurer and Director
Ralph T. Teague                 84          Vice Chairman of the Board;         1979         2005
                                            Director
Paul W. Arison                  51          Director                            1998         2006
Charlotte E. Baldwin            71          Director                            1991         2006
Steven E. Carson                51          Director                            1991         2004
Charles G. Ramsey               51          Director                            2001         2005
J. Craig Riddle                 78          Director                            1970         2004
Charles B. Vaughn               55          Director                            1999         2006
Marilyn A. Locke                54          Vice President                      N/A           N/A



                                     - 74 -



         The  business  experience  for  the  past  five  years  of  each of the
directors and executive officers is as follows:

         William M. Tandy has served as President and Chief Executive officer of
the Bank from November 2001 to the present.  From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Tandy served
as President of Hacienda Bank,  Santa Maria,  California.  Mr. Tandy has been in
the  banking  industry  since 1974 and has been  brought  in as Chief  Executive
Officer by three different banks to successfully effect  turnarounds.  Mr. Tandy
is a member of the  Madisonville  Rotary Club and is past president of the Santa
Maria  Valley  Economic  Association  and a past board member of the Santa Maria
Chamber of Commerce and the Santa Barbara County Workforce Investment Board.

         Michael  D.  Wortham  has been  employed  with the Bank  since 1994 and
currently serves as the Bank's Loan Officer,  Compliance Officer,  Secretary and
Treasurer.  Mr.  Wortham  has  served as a board  member  with the  Madisonville
Chamber of Commerce and the United Way and as President of the Kiwanis Club.

         Ralph T. Teague is a retired  coal company  executive.  He is active in
the Madisonville Kiwanis Club.

         Paul W.  Arison has been  employed  in the  Commissary  at the  Hopkins
County Detention  Facility since 2001. Prior to that time, he managed  Kuester's
Hardware Store in Madisonville. Mr. Arison is active in the local Kiwanis Club.

         Charlotte E. Baldwin  retired as Vice  President - Municipal and Public
Unit Sales for Cadre Securities in 1993. She had previously been a trust officer
at the  First  National  Bank  of  Louisville.  Ms.  Baldwin  was the  Mayor  of
Madisonville  from 1978 to 1984 and served as the Kentucky  Secretary of Natural
Resources   from  1984  to  1987.   She  is  a  member  of  the  Hopkins  County
Reapportionment   Committee,  the  Madisonville  Chamber  of  Commerce  and  the
Madisonville Community College -- Growth Committee.  Ms. Baldwin is a trustee of
the  University  of  Evansville.  She is a member of the Finance and  Visitation
Committees of the First United  Methodist  Church in  Madisonville  where she is
also a Discipleship  Class leader. Ms. Baldwin is also a Bible Study Leader in a
local Ecumenical Group.

         Steven E.  Carson is the  owner/operator  of  Barnett-Strother  Funeral
Home, Inc., in Madisonville.  Mr. Carson has been active with the Lions Club and
Salvation Army.

         Charles  G.  Ramsey is Vice  President  - Finance  and Chief  Financial
Officer of the Renshaw Automotive Group in Hopkinsville,  Kentucky. He is active
in the Kiwanis  Club and a member of the Chamber of  Commerce.  Mr.  Ramsey is a
Certified Public Accountant.

         J. Craig Riddle is a retired  insurance agent. Mr. Riddle was the owner
and principal of the J. Craig Riddle Insurance Co., a full line insurance broker
in Madisonville,  Kentucky. Mr. Riddle is a founding member of the Kentucky Lake
Sailing Club.

                                     - 75 -



         Charles  B.  Vaughn  is  the  President  and  co-owner  of  Happy's  of
Madisonville, an office equipment dealer located in Madisonville.  Mr. Vaughn is
a member of the board of the  Madisonville  Chamber of Commerce,  is a member of
the Kiwanis Club and has been active with the United Way.

         Marilyn A. Locke has been employed by the Bank since 1974 and currently
serves as its Vice President and Mortgage Officer. She is active with the Rotary
Club and March of Dimes.

Meetings of the Board of Directors

         The Board of Directors  conducts its business  through  meetings of the
Board and through  activities of its committees.  During the year ended December
31, 2002, the Board of Directors held 12 regular  meetings and met informally on
a weekly  basis.  The Board of Directors  does not  currently  have any separate
committees.  No director  attended  fewer than 75% of the total  meetings of the
Board of Directors and committees on which such director  served during the year
ended December 31, 2002.

Director Compensation

         Directors  (including  directors  who are  also  employees)  receive  a
monthly  fee of $400.  Total  fees  paid to the  directors  for the  year  ended
December 31, 2002 were $43,200.

Executive Compensation

         Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and
non-cash  compensation  awarded to or earned by our chief executive  officer for
the year ended December 31, 2002. No other employee earned in excess of $100,000
for the year ended December 31, 2002.

                                        Annual Compensation
         Name and           Fiscal      -------------------        All Other
    Principal Position       Year        Salary       Bonus      Compensation(1)
    ------------------       ----        ------       -----      ---------------
William M. Tandy             2002        $100,000  $     --         $10,800
President


- ------------
(1)   Consists of $4,800 in directors fees and $6,000 automobile allowance.

         Employment and Severance Agreements. We have entered into an employment
agreement  with our  President,  William M. Tandy.  The  agreement has a term of
three years  which may be extended  for an  additional  one-year  period on each
anniversary date if the Board of Directors determines that Mr. Tandy has met the
requirements  of the  Board.  Mr.  Tandy's  base  salary  under  the  employment
agreement is $100,000.  Mr. Tandy is also  eligible to receive  bonuses of up to
7.00% of the Bank's quarterly net profits. His agreement is terminable by us for
"just cause" as defined in the agreement. If we terminate Mr. Tandy without just
cause or if Mr. Tandy  terminates  his  employment for "good reason," he will be
entitled to a continuation  of his salary from the date of  termination  through
the remaining term of the agreement,  plus an additional 12 months. If Mr. Tandy
shall become  disabled  during the term of his  agreement,  he shall continue to
receive  payment of 100% of the base salary for a period of up to 180 days. Such
payments

                                     - 76 -



shall not be reduced by any other benefit  payments made under other  disability
program in effect for our employees.  If Mr. Tandy's employment terminates for a
reason  other than just cause,  he will be  entitled to purchase  from us family
medical  insurance  through any group health plan  maintained by us. Mr. Tandy's
agreement also contains a provision stating that in the event of the termination
of employment in connection with any change in control of the Company or us, Mr.
Tandy will be paid a lump sum amount equal to 2.99 times his  five-year  average
annual  taxable  cash  compensation.  We may also enter  into  change-in-control
severance  agreements  would with Mr.  Wortham and Ms. Locke.  These  agreements
would provide that Mr. Wortham and Ms. Locke would receive a similar  payment in
the event of a change  in  control.  If such  payments  had been made  under the
agreements  as  of  December  31,  2002,   such  payments   would  have  equaled
approximately  $300,000,  $114,000 and  $120,000,  respectively.  The  aggregate
payments  that would  have been made to them would be an expense to us,  thereby
reducing our net income and our capital by that amount.

Future Stock Benefit Plans

         Stock Option  Plan.  We intend to adopt a stock option plan (the Option
Plan)   following  the   conversion,   subject  to  approval  by  the  Company's
stockholders  at a  meeting  to be held no  sooner  than six  months  after  the
conversion.  If the Option Plan is adopted  during the first year  following the
conversion,  the Option  Plan  would be in  compliance  with the OTS  conversion
regulations in effect.  See " --  Restrictions  on Stock Benefit  Plans." If the
Option Plan is adopted more than one year after the conversion,  the Option Plan
will not be subject to such OTS regulations and policies.  If the Option Plan is
implemented  within  one year  after  the  conversion,  in  accordance  with OTS
regulations,  a number of shares equal to 10% of the aggregate  shares of common
stock to be issued in the offering  (i.e.,  17,500 shares based upon the sale of
175,000  shares at the  midpoint  of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range)  would be
reserved  for issuance by the Company  upon  exercise of stock  options or stock
appreciation  rights  ("SARs")  to be granted  to our  officers,  directors  and
employees  from time to time under the Option  Plan.  The  purpose of the Option
Plan would be to provide  additional  performance  and  retention  incentives to
certain  officers,  directors and employees by facilitating  their purchase of a
stock interest in the Company. Under the OTS conversion regulations,  the Option
Plan would provide for a term of 10 years,  after which no awards could be made,
unless earlier terminated by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Option Plan.
The options would vest over a five-year period (i.e.,  20% per year),  beginning
one year after the date of grant of the option.  Options  would  expire no later
than 10 years  from the date  granted  and would  expire  earlier  if the Option
Committee so determines or in the event of termination  of  employment.  Options
would be granted based upon several factors, including seniority, job duties and
responsibilities, job performance, our financial performance and a comparison of
awards given by other savings institutions converting from mutual to stock form.

         The Company would receive no monetary consideration for the granting of
stock  options or SARs under the Option Plan.  It would receive the option price
for each share issued to optionees  upon the  exercise of such  options.  Shares
issued as a result of the  exercise  of options  will be either  authorized  but
unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market by the Company.  However,
no purchases in the open market will be made that would violate applicable

                                     - 77 -



regulations  restricting  purchases by the Company.  The exercise of options and
payment for the shares received would contribute to the equity of the Company.

         Management  Recognition  Plan. We intend to adopt the MRP following the
conversion,  the  objective  of which is to enable us to  retain  personnel  and
directors of  experience  and ability in key  positions of  responsibility.  The
Company expects to hold a stockholders'  meeting no sooner than six months after
the conversion in order for  stockholders to vote to approve the MRP. If the MRP
is  implemented  within  one year  after  the  conversion,  in  accordance  with
applicable OTS regulations, the shares granted under the MRP will be in the form
of  restricted  stock  vesting  over a  five-year  period  (i.e.,  20% per year)
beginning  one year  after  the date of grant of the  award.  Additionally,  the
number of shares to be granted  could not  exceed 3% of the  shares  sold in the
conversion (4% if we had tangible  capital of 10% or more) if the MRP is adopted
during the first year following conversion.  If the MRP is implemented more than
one  year  after  the  conversion,  the MRP  will  not be  subject  to such  OTS
regulations and policies.  Compensation expense in the amount of the fair market
value of the common  stock  granted will be  recognized  pro rata over the years
during which the shares are payable. Until they have vested, such shares may not
be sold, pledged or otherwise disposed of and are required to be held in escrow.
Any shares not so allocated would be voted by the MRP Trustees.  Awards would be
granted  based upon a number of  factors,  including  seniority,  job duties and
responsibilities,  job  performance,  our performance and a comparison of awards
given by other institutions  converting from mutual to stock form. The MRP would
be managed by a committee of non-employee  directors (the "MRP  Trustees").  The
MRP Trustees would have the responsibility to invest all funds contributed by us
to the trust created for the MRP (the "MRP Trust").

         The Bank expects to contribute  sufficient funds to the MRP so that the
MRP Trust can purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4% of the amount of common stock
that is  sold in the  conversion.  The  shares  purchased  by the MRP  would  be
authorized but unissued shares or would be purchased in the open market.  In the
event the market price of the common stock is greater than $10.00 per share, our
contribution of funds will be increased. Likewise, in the event the market price
is  lower  than  $10.00  per  share,  our  contribution  will be  decreased.  In
recognition of their prior and expected  services to us and the Company,  as the
case may be,  the  officers,  other  employees  and  directors  responsible  for
implementation  of the  policies  adopted  by the  Board  of  Directors  and our
profitable operation will, without cost to them, be awarded stock under the MRP.
Based  upon the sale of 17,500  shares of common  stock in the  offering  at the
midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range, the MRP Trust is expected to purchase
up to 7,000 shares of common stock.

         Restrictions on Stock Benefit Plans.  OTS  regulations  provide that in
the event we implement stock option or management  and/or employee stock benefit
plans within one year from the date of  conversion,  such plans must comply with
the following restrictions:

          o    the plans must be fully disclosed in the prospectus;

          o    for stock  option  plans,  the total  number of shares  for which
               options may be granted may not exceed 10% of the shares issued in
               the conversion;

                                     - 78 -



          o    for  restricted  stock plans such as the MRP,  the shares may not
               exceed  3% of  the  shares  issued  in  the  conversion  (4%  for
               institutions with 10% or greater tangible capital);

          o    the  aggregate  amount  of  stock  purchased  by the  ESOP in the
               conversion and shares held by the MRP may not exceed 10% (12% for
               well-capitalized   institutions  eligible  for  a  4%  management
               recognition plan);

          o    no individual employee may receive more than 25% of the available
               awards under the Option Plan or the MRP;

          o    directors  who are not  employees  may not  receive  more than 5%
               individually  or 30% in the  aggregate  of the  awards  under any
               plan;

          o    all plans  must be  approved  by a  majority  of the total  votes
               eligible to be cast at any duly called  meeting of the  Company's
               stockholders  held no  earlier  than  six  months  following  the
               conversion;

          o    for stock option plans, the exercise price must be at least equal
               to the market price of the stock at the time of grant;

          o    for restricted  stock plans such as the MRP, no stock issued in a
               conversion may be used to fund the plan;

          o    neither stock option awards nor restricted  stock awards may vest
               earlier  than 20% as of one year  after  the date of  stockholder
               approval  and  20%  per  year  thereafter,  and  vesting  may  be
               accelerated  only in the case of disability or death or change in
               control;

          o    the proxy  material  must  clearly  state  that the OTS in no way
               endorses or approves of the plans;

          o    the plan must provide that directors and executive  officers must
               exercise or forfeit their options if the Bank becomes  critically
               undercapitalized  or  subject  to an OTS  enforcement  action  or
               capital directive;

          o    prior to implementing  the plans,  all plans must be submitted to
               the  Regional   Director  of  the  OTS  within  five  days  after
               stockholder approval with a certification that the plans approved
               by the  stockholders  are the same plans that were filed with and
               disclosed in the proxy materials relating to the meeting at which
               stockholder approval was received; and

          o    if  the  plan  is  amended  more  than  one  year  following  the
               Conversion,   any   material   deviations   from  the   foregoing
               requirements must be ratified by stockholders.

                                     - 79 -



         We have not yet  decided  whether  the  Option  Plan or the MRP will be
implemented during the first year after the conversion.  If they are implemented
after the first anniversary of the conversion,  the above-described  limitations
and  provisions  will not  apply  and the  stock  benefit  plans  could  include
provisions  allowing for benefits to vest over shorter periods of time. Further,
the potential acquisition by management of stock under these plans could make it
more  difficult  to  obtain  majority  support  for  stockholder   proposals  or
transactions which are opposed by management.

Certain Related Transactions

         During the year ended  December 31,  2002,  certain of our officers and
directors had loans from us in amounts exceeding $60,000. All of such loans were
made in the ordinary  course of business,  were made on  substantially  the same
terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those prevailing at the time
for comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than the
normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

          RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.

         The  following   discussion  is  a  general  summary  of  the  material
provisions  of the  articles  of  incorporation  and bylaws of the  Company  and
certain other  Maryland  corporate law and regulatory  provisions,  which may be
deemed to have such an anti-takeover effect. The description of these provisions
is  necessarily  general  and we refer you,  in each case,  to the  articles  of
incorporation  and  bylaws  of the  Company  which  are  incorporated  herein by
reference. See "Where You Can Find Additional Information" as to how to obtain a
copy of these documents.

         While the Board of  Directors  is not aware of any effort that might be
made to obtain control of the Company after  conversion,  the Board of Directors
believes that it is  appropriate  to include  certain  provisions as part of the
Company's  articles of incorporation  and bylaws to protect the interests of the
Company and its stockholders  from hostile takeovers  (sometimes  referred to as
"anti-takeover"  provisions) which the Board of Directors might conclude are not
in the best  interests  of the  Company  or the  Company's  stockholders.  These
provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future  takeover  attempt which
is not approved by the Board of Directors but which individual  stockholders may
deem to be in their  best  interests  or in which  stockholders  may  receive  a
substantial  premium  for their  shares  over the current  market  prices.  As a
result,  stockholders  who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have an opportunity to do so. Such  provisions  will also render the removal
of the current Board of Directors or management of the Company more difficult.

                                     - 80 -



Provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

         Restriction  on  Acquisition  of Common  Stock;  Limitations  on Voting
Rights.  The articles of incorporation of the Company provide that, for a period
of five years after  completion of the  conversion,  no person may,  directly or
indirectly, acquire or offer to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of
any class of equity security outstanding of the Company, unless the "continuing"
Board of  Directors  has  first  approved  by a  two-thirds  vote  the  offer or
acquisition.  Any shares acquired in violation of this  restriction  will not be
counted  as shares  outstanding  for  voting  purposes,  nor will the  holder be
entitled  to vote such  shares.  After five  years from the date of  conversion,
should any party  acquire the  beneficial  ownership of shares in excess of 10%,
the record holders of more than 10% of any outstanding  class of equity security
of the Company who obtained such shares without the requisite  approval would be
entitled  to cast only  one-hundredth  (1/100) of a vote for each share owned in
excess of 10%, and the aggregate voting power of such holders shall be allocated
proportionately  among such record holders.  A person is a beneficial owner of a
security  if he has the power to vote or direct the voting of all or part of the
voting  rights of the  security,  or has the power to  dispose  of or direct the
disposition  of the  security.  The  articles  of  incorporation  of the Company
further  provide that this provision  limiting voting rights may only be amended
upon the vote of 80% of the  outstanding  shares  of  voting  stock  unless  the
amendment has been approved by two-thirds of the continuing directors.

         Election of Directors.  The Company's articles of incorporation provide
that the Board of Directors of the Company will be divided into three  staggered
classes,  with directors in each class elected for three-year terms. As a result
of this provision,  it would take two annual  elections to replace a majority of
the Company's  Board. The Company's bylaws provide that the size of the Board of
Directors may be increased or decreased only if two-thirds of the directors then
in office  concur in such action.  The Company has also elected to be subject to
certain  provisions  of Maryland law that provide that any vacancy  occurring in
the Board of Directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number
of directors, shall be filled by the Board. Finally, the articles impose certain
notice  and  information  requirements  in  connection  with the  nomination  by
stockholders  of  candidates  for  election  to the  Board of  Directors  or the
proposal  by  stockholders  of business to be acted upon at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders.

         The  articles  of  incorporation  provide  that a director  may only be
removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the shares
of the Company  entitled to vote generally in an election of directors cast at a
meeting of stockholders called for that purpose.

         Restrictions   on  Call  of  Special   Meeting.   In  its  articles  of
incorporation,  the Company has elected to be subject to certain  provisions  of
Maryland law that provide that special  meetings of  stockholders  may be called
only by a majority of the Board of Directors,  or a duly designated committee of
the Board, or on the written request of a majority of the stockholders.

         Absence of Cumulative  Voting.  The Company's articles of incorporation
provide  that  stockholders  may not  cumulate  their  votes in the  election of
directors.

                                     - 81 -



         Authorized Shares. The articles of incorporation authorize the issuance
of 5,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The
shares of common stock and preferred  stock were authorized in an amount greater
than that to be issued in the  conversion  to  provide  the  Company's  Board of
Directors  with  as  much  flexibility  as  possible  to  effect,   among  other
transactions,  financings,  acquisitions,  stock dividends, stock splits and the
exercise of stock options.  However, these additional authorized shares may also
be used by the Board of Directors  consistent  with its fiduciary  duty to deter
future attempts to gain control of the Company.  The Board of Directors also has
sole  authority  to  determine  the terms of any one or more series of Preferred
Stock, including voting rights,  conversion rates, and liquidation  preferences.
As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of Preferred Stock,
the Board has the power,  to the extent  consistent  with its fiduciary duty, to
issue a series of Preferred Stock to persons  friendly to management in order to
attempt to block a  post-tender  offer  merger or other  transaction  by which a
third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position.
The  Company's  Board  currently  has no plans for the  issuance  of  additional
shares,  other than the possible issuance of additional shares pursuant to stock
benefit plans.

         Procedures  for  Certain   Business   Combinations.   The  articles  of
incorporation  require  the  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  (i)  80%  of  the
outstanding  shares of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors
and (ii) two-thirds of the  outstanding  shares entitled to vote in the election
of directors and not held by "Related  Persons" (as defined below), in order for
the  Company  to engage in or enter into  certain  "Business  Combinations,"  as
defined  in the  articles  of  incorporation,  with any  Related  Person  or any
affiliates  of the Related  Person,  unless the  proposed  transaction  has been
approved in advance by two-thirds of the Company's Board of Directors, excluding
those who are affiliated with the Related Person or who were not directors prior
to the time the  "Related  Person"  became the  "Related  Person."  Absent  this
provision,  only the approval of a two-thirds of the shares outstanding would be
generally  required unless the Maryland Business  Combination  Statute described
below applies.

         The term  "Related  Person" is  defined  to include  any person and the
affiliates  and  associates  of  the  person  (other  than  the  Company  or its
subsidiary) who beneficially  owns,  directly or indirectly,  10% or more of the
outstanding  shares  of  voting  stock of the  Company.  Any  amendment  to this
provision of the articles of  incorporation  requires the affirmative vote of at
least 80% of the shares of the Company entitled to vote generally in an election
of directors  unless the  amendment has been  pre-approved  by two-thirds of the
continuing  directors,  in which case a majority  of the  outstanding  shares is
required.  The term "Business  Combination" includes mergers between the Company
and a Related  Person,  transactions  between the Company and the Related Person
involving 25% or more of the Company's or Related Person's assets,  the issuance
of the securities of the Company or its subsidiaries to the Related Person,  the
acquisition   of  the  Related   Person's   securities   by  the  Company  or  a
reclassification or recapitalization  involving the Company's stock that has the
effect of increasing the Related Person's ownership by 5% or more.

         Amendment to Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws.  Amendments to the
Company's  articles of incorporation  must be approved by the Company's Board of
Directors  and also by two- thirds of the  outstanding  shares of the  Company's
voting  stock,  provided,  however,  that  approval  by  at  least  80%  of  the
outstanding voting stock is generally required for certain provisions (i.e.,

                                     - 82 -



provisions  relating to  restrictions  on the  acquisition and voting of greater
than 10% of the common stock;  number,  classification,  election and removal of
directors;  amendment of Bylaws; call of special stockholder meetings;  director
liability;  certain  business  combinations;   power  of  indemnification;   and
amendments  to  provisions   relating  to  the  foregoing  in  the  articles  of
incorporation).  If the amendment is approved by  two-thirds  of the  Continuing
Directors,  however,  the vote required for approval of the amendment is reduced
to a majority of shares outstanding.

         The bylaws may be amended by a majority  vote of the Board of Directors
or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares
of the Company  entitled to vote in the election of directors  cast at a meeting
called for that purpose.

Maryland General Corporation Law

         The  Maryland  General  Corporation  Law  contains  several  provisions
described  below which will be applicable to the Company upon  completion of the
conversion.

         Business  Combinations.  Under the Maryland  General  Corporation  Law,
mergers,  consolidations  and  sales of  substantially  all of the  assets  of a
Maryland  corporation  must generally be approved by the affirmative vote of the
holders  of  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares of stock  entitled  to vote
thereon.  Maryland's Business  Combination Statute,  however,  restricts certain
transactions   between  a   Maryland   corporation   (or  its   majority   owned
subsidiaries),  and any person who,  after the date the  corporation  has 100 or
more  beneficial  owners  of its  stock,  beneficially  owns  10% or more of the
corporation's  outstanding voting stock,  together with affiliates or associates
thereof (an "Interested Stockholder").  For a period of five years following the
date that a stockholder becomes an Interested  Stockholder,  Maryland's Business
Combination  Statute  generally  prohibits the following  types of  transactions
between  the  corporation  and  the  Interested   Stockholder   (unless  certain
conditions, described below, are met):

         (i) mergers, consolidations or share exchanges;

         (ii) sales,  leases,  exchanges or other dispositions other than in the
         ordinary  course  of  business  or  pursuant  to  a  dividend,  in  any
         twelve-month period, of assets having an aggregate book value of 10% or
         more  of the  total  market  value  of  the  outstanding  stock  of the
         corporation or of its net worth;

         (iii)  issuances  or  transfers by the  corporation  or any  subsidiary
         thereof of any equity  securities of the  corporation or any subsidiary
         thereof  having a market  value of 5% or more of the total market value
         of the outstanding stock of the corporation;

         (iv) the adoption of a proposal or plan of  liquidation  or dissolution
         of the  corporation  in which anything other than cash will be received
         by the  Interested  Stockholder  or  any  affiliate  of any  Interested
         Stockholder;

         (v) any  reclassification  of securities,  or  recapitalization  of the
         corporation,  or any merger,  consolidation,  or share  exchange of the
         corporation  with  any of its  subsidiaries

                                     - 83 -


         which  has the effect of  increasing  by 5% or more of the total number
         of  shares,  the proportionate  amount of the outstanding shares of any
         class  of  equity  securities  of the  corporation  or  any  subsidiary
         thereof which is owned by an Interested Stockholder; and

         (vi) the receipt by any Interested Stockholder or any affiliate thereof
         of the benefit,  directly or indirectly  (except  proportionately  as a
         stockholder),  of  any  loan,  advance,  guarantee,  pledge,  or  other
         financial  assistance or any tax credit or other tax advantage provided
         by the corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

         After the five-year moratorium on business  combinations has expired, a
business  combination  must (i) be  recommended  by the Board of  Directors  and
approved by (a) 80% of the stockholders  entitled to vote, and (b) two-thirds of
the disinterested stockholders,  or (ii) meet the fair price requirements of the
business  combination  statute,  or  (iii)  qualify  for  one of  the  statutory
exemptions.  This  restriction  does not apply if before such person  becomes an
Interested Stockholder, the Board of Directors approves the transaction in which
the  Interested  Stockholder  becomes an Interested  Stockholder or approves the
business  combination,  or a statutory exemption applies. A Maryland corporation
may exempt  particular  interested  stockholders  from the  requirements  of the
statute by  resolution  adopted by its Board of Directors  prior to the date the
Interested Stockholder first became an Interested  Stockholder.  Our articles of
incorporation  provide that the Business  Combination  Statute will not apply to
any business  combination that has been approved by two-thirds of the continuing
directors as defined in the articles of incorporation.

         Control  Share  Acquisitions.  The  Maryland  General  Corporation  Law
provides that "control shares" of a Maryland  corporation acquired in a "control
share acquisition" have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote
of two-thirds of the shares entitled to be voted on the matter, excluding shares
of stock owned by the acquiror or by officers or directors  who are employees of
the  corporation.  "Control  shares"  are  voting  shares  of  stock  which,  if
aggregated  with all other  such  shares  of stock  previously  acquired  by the
acquiror,  or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the
exercise of voting power  except  solely by virtue of a revocable  proxy,  would
entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing  directors  within one
of the following ranges of voting power:

         (i) one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

         (ii) one-third or more but less than a majority; or

         (iii) a majority of all voting power.

         Control  shares do not  include  shares  the  acquiring  person is then
entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval.
A "control share acquisition"  means the acquisition of control shares,  subject
to certain  exceptions for shares acquired through descent or  distribution,  in
satisfaction  of a pledge or in a merger,  consolidation  or share  exchange  to
which the corporation is a party. The control share acquisition  statute applies
to any  Maryland  corporation  with 100 or more  beneficial  owners of its stock
other than a close corporation or an investment company.

                                     - 84 -



         A person who has made or proposes to make a control share  acquisition,
upon  satisfaction  of  certain  conditions  (including  an  undertaking  to pay
expenses  and  delivery  of an  "acquiring  person  statement"),  may compel the
corporation's Board of Directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be
held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no
request for a meeting is made, the  corporation  may itself present the question
at any stockholders' meeting.

         If voting  rights are not  approved at the meeting or if the  acquiring
person does not deliver an acquiring person statement within 10 days following a
control share acquisition then,  subject to certain  conditions and limitations,
the  corporation  may redeem any or all of the control  shares (except for those
which voting rights have  previously  been approved) for fair value,  determined
without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the
date of the last control share  acquisition or of any meeting of stockholders at
which  the  voting  rights  of such  shares  are  considered  and not  approved.
Moreover,  if voting rights for control  shares are approved at a  stockholders'
meeting and the acquiror  becomes entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of
a  majority  or  more of all  voting  power,  other  stockholders  may  exercise
appraisal  rights.  The fair value of the shares as  determined  for purposes of
such  appraisal  rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by
the acquiror in the control share acquisition.  The foregoing  provisions may be
modified by a Maryland  corporation's  charter or bylaws.  The Company's charter
and  bylaws,  however,  do not  contain a provision  modifying  these  statutory
provisions.

Benefit Plans

         In  addition  to  the   provisions   of  the   Company's   articles  of
incorporation and bylaws described above,  certain benefit plans of ours adopted
in connection with the conversion  contain  provisions which also may discourage
hostile  takeover  attempts which the Boards of Directors might conclude are not
in the best  interests  for us or our  stockholders.  For a  description  of the
benefit plans and the  provisions of such plans  relating to changes in control,
see "Management of Community First Bank -- Future Stock Benefit Plans."

Regulatory Restrictions

         For three years  following  conversion,  OTS  regulations  prohibit any
person, without the prior approval of the OTS, from acquiring or making an offer
to acquire more than 10% of the stock of any converted  savings  institution  if
such  person  is,  or after  consummation  of such  acquisition  would  be,  the
beneficial  owner of more than 10% of such stock.  In the event that any person,
directly or indirectly,  violates this regulation,  the securities  beneficially
owned by such person in excess of 10% shall not be counted as shares entitled to
vote and  shall  not be voted by any  person  or  counted  as  voting  shares in
connection  with any matter  submitted  to a vote of  stockholders.  The OTS has
recently indicated that it intends to strictly enforce this regulation.

         Federal law provides that no company, "directly or indirectly or acting
in concert with one or more  persons,  or through one or more  subsidiaries,  or
through  one  or  more   transactions,"  may  acquire  "control"  of  a  savings
association at any time without the prior approval of the OTS. In addition,  any
company that acquires such control becomes a "savings and loan holding company"

                                     - 85 -



subject  to  registration,  examination  and  regulation  as a savings  and loan
holding  company.  Control in this context means  ownership  of,  control of, or
holding  proxies  representing  more than 25% of the voting  shares of a savings
association  or the power to control in any manner the election of a majority of
the directors of such institution.

         Federal  law  also  provides  that  no  "person,"  acting  directly  or
indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons,  may acquire
control of a savings  association  unless at least 60 days prior written  notice
has  been  given  to the  OTS and the  OTS  has  not  objected  to the  proposed
acquisition.  Control is defined  for this  purpose  as the power,  directly  or
indirectly,  to direct the management or policies of a savings association or to
vote more than 25% of any class of voting  securities of a savings  association.
Under  federal  law (as well as the  regulations  referred  to  below)  the term
"savings  association"  includes  state-chartered  and federally chartered SAIF-
insured  institutions,  federally  chartered savings and loans and savings banks
whose accounts are insured by the FDIC and holding companies thereof.

         Federal  regulations  require  that,  prior to obtaining  control of an
insured institution, a person, other than a company, must give 60 days notice to
the OTS and have received no OTS objection to such acquisition of control, and a
company  must apply for and receive OTS  approval  of the  acquisition.  Control
involves a 25% voting  stock  test,  control in any manner of the  election of a
majority of the institution's  directors, or a determination by the OTS that the
acquiror  has the power to direct,  or  directly  or  indirectly  to  exercise a
controlling  influence  over,  the  management  or policies of the  institution.
Acquisition of more than 10% of an  institution's  voting stock, if the acquiror
also is subject to any one of either "control factors," constitutes a rebuttable
determination of control under the regulations. The determination of control may
be rebutted by submission to the OTS,  prior to the  acquisition of stock or the
occurrence of any other circumstances  giving rise to such  determination,  of a
statement  setting forth facts and  circumstances  which would support a finding
that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The
regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership
exceeding  10% or more of any class of a savings  association's  stock after the
effective date of the regulations  must file with the OTS a  certification  that
the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable
determination  of  control  and will  take no  action  which  would  result in a
determination or rebuttable  determination of control without prior notice to or
approval of the OTS, as applicable.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         The Company is  authorized to issue  5,000,000  shares of common stock,
$0.01 par value per share, and 1,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,  $0.01 par
value per share. The Company  currently expects to issue up to 231,438 shares of
common stock in the conversion.  The Company does not intend to issue any shares
of preferred stock in the  conversion,  nor are there any present plans to issue
such preferred stock  following the conversion.  Each share of common stock will
have the same  relative  rights as, and will be identical in all respects  with,
each other share of common stock. The common stock of the Company will represent
nonwithdrawable  capital  and will not be insured by us, the FDIC,  or any other
government agency.

                                     - 86 -



Common Stock

         Voting  Rights.  Each  share of the  common  stock  will  have the same
relative  rights and will be identical in all respects with every other share of
the common stock. The holders of the common stock will possess  exclusive voting
rights in the  Company,  except to the extent  that  shares of  Preferred  Stock
issued in the future may have voting  rights,  if any. Each holder of the common
stock  will be  entitled  to only one vote for each  share held of record on all
matters  submitted  to a vote of  holders  of the  common  stock and will not be
permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of the Company's directors.

         Liquidation.  In the  unlikely  event of the  complete  liquidation  or
dissolution of the Company,  the holders of the common stock will be entitled to
receive all assets of the Company available for distribution in cash or in kind,
after payment or provision for payment of: (i) all debts and liabilities  of the
Company (including all deposits with us and accrued interest thereon);  (ii) any
accrued dividend claims;  (iii)  liquidation  preferences of any preferred stock
which may be issued in the future;  and (iv) any  interests  in the  liquidation
account  established  upon the  conversion  for the benefit of Eligible  Account
Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders who continue to have their
deposits with us.

         Dividends. From time to time, dividends may be declared and paid to the
holders of the common stock,  who will share equally in any such dividends.  For
information about cash dividends, see "Dividends" and "Taxation."

         Restrictions on Acquisition of the Common Stock.  See  "Restrictions on
Acquisition  of the Company" for a discussion of the  limitations on acquisition
of shares of the common stock.

         Other  Characteristics.  Holders  of the  common  stock  will  not have
preemptive  rights with  respect to any  additional  shares of the common  stock
which may be  issued.  Therefore,  the  Board of  Directors  may sell  shares of
capital  stock of the Company  without  first  offering  such shares to existing
stockholders  of the  Company.  The  common  stock  is not  subject  to call for
redemption,  and the  outstanding  shares of common  stock when  issued and upon
receipt by the Company of the full  purchase  price  therefor will be fully paid
and non-assessable.

Serial Preferred Stock

         None of the  1,000,000  authorized  shares  of  preferred  stock of the
Company will be issued in the conversion. After the conversion is completed, the
Board of Directors of the Company will be authorized  to issue serial  preferred
stock and to fix and state voting  powers,  designations,  preferences  or other
special  rights  of  such  shares  and  the   qualifications,   limitations  and
restrictions  thereof,  subject to regulatory  approval but without  stockholder
approval. If and when issued, the serial preferred stock is likely to rank prior
to the common stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences, or both, and
may  have  full or  limited  voting  rights.  The  Board of  Directors,  without
stockholder  approval,   can  issue  serial  preferred  stock  with  voting  and
conversion  rights which could adversely  affect the voting power of the holders
of the common stock.  The Board of Directors  has no present  intention to issue
any of the serial preferred stock.

                                     - 87 -



                              LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

         The legality of the common stock has been passed upon for us by Malizia
Spidi & Fisch, PC, Washington,  D.C. Certain legal matters for Keefe, Bruyette &
Woods,  Inc.,  may be  passed  upon by Vorys,  Sater,  Seymour  and  Pease  LLP,
Columbus,  Ohio. The federal income tax consequences of the conversion have been
passed upon for us by Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC,  Washington,  D.C. The Kentucky
income tax  consequences of the conversion have been passed upon for us by EKW &
Associates, llp, Owensboro, Kentucky.

                                     EXPERTS

         The  financial  statements  of Community  First Bank as of December 31,
2002 and 2001 and for the years then ended,  have been  included  herein and the
registration  statement  filed with the SEC in reliance upon the report of EKW &
Associates,  llp, independent certified public accountants,  appearing elsewhere
herein,  and upon the  authority  of said  firm as  experts  in  accounting  and
auditing. The Bank's financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2001
were previously  audited by York-Neel & Co. -  Madisonville,  LLP. On August 30,
2002,  York-  Neel  notified  the Bank  that it was  resigning  from  the  audit
engagement.  York-Neel's  report on the Bank's  financial  statements for fiscal
years 2001 and 2000 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion,
nor  were  they  qualified  or  modified  as to  uncertainty,  audit  scope,  or
accounting principles.  There were no disagreements with York-Neel on any matter
of  accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial  statement  disclosure  or
auditing scope or procedure. The decision to engage EKW & Associates, llp as the
Bank's new auditor was approved by the Board of Directors.

         Feldman Financial has consented to the publication  herein of a summary
of its  letters to us setting  forth its opinion as to the  estimated  pro forma
market value of us in the converted form and its opinion setting forth the value
of subscription rights and to the use of its name and statements with respect to
it appearing in this document.

                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The Company  has filed with the SEC a  registration  statement  on Form
SB-2 under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the common
stock offered in this document. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the
SEC,  this  document  does not  contain  all the  information  set  forth in the
registration  statement.  Such information can be examined without charge at the
public  reference  facilities  of the SEC  located  at 450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC
at prescribed  rates.  The SEC also  maintains an internet  address ("Web site")
that contains  reports,  proxy and information  statements and other information
regarding registrants,  including the Company, that file electronically with the
SEC. The address for this Web site is "http:  //www.  sec.  gov." The statements
contained in this document as to the contents of any contract or other  document
filed as an exhibit to the Form SB-2  describe  the  material  features  of such
contract  or document  but are, of  necessity,  brief  descriptions  and are not
necessarily  complete;  each such  statement  is  qualified by reference to such
contract or document.

                                     - 88 -



         Community  First Bank has filed an Application  for Conversion with the
OTS with respect to the conversion. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
OTS, this document omits certain information contained in that Application.  The
Application  may be examined at the principal  office of the OTS, 1700 G Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20552 and at the Southeast  Regional Office of the OTS,
1475 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309 without charge.

         A copy of the articles of  incorporation  and the bylaws of the Company
are available without charge from Community First Bank.

                                     - 89 -



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK
                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                          Page

Independent Auditors' Report                                               F-1

Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2002 and 2001         F-2

Statements of Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001          F-3

Statements of Changes in Retained Earnings and Accumulated Other
  Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001      F-4

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001    F-5

Notes to Financial Statements                                              F-6



All financial statement  schedules are omitted because the required  information
is either not  applicable or is included in the financial  statements or related
notes.

Separate  financial  statements  for the Company have not been included since it
will not  engage  in  material  transactions  until  after the  conversion.  The
Company,   which  has  been  inactive  to  date,  has  no  significant   assets,
liabilities, revenues, expenses or contingent liabilities.


                                     - 90 -




                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


The Board of Directors
Community First Bank
Madisonville, Kentucky


We have audited the accompanying  statements of financial condition of Community
First Bank as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related  statements of loss,
changes in retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income and cash
flows  for  the  years  then  ended.   These   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Association's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted  our audits in accordance  with U.S.  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Community  First Bank as of
December  31, 2002 and 2001 and the results of their  operations  and their cash
flows for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted
accounting principles.



/s/ EKW & Associates, llp


Owensboro, Kentucky
January 17, 2003, except for Note 1,
as to which the date is March 13, 2003 and
Note 13, as to which the date is
April 28, 2003


                                      F-1




                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                        STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                           December 31, 2002 and 2001


                                     Assets
                                                        2002            2001
                                                   ------------    ------------
Cash and cash equivalents:
  Cash and due from banks                          $    733,126    $    707,944
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks                    -         896,590
  Time deposits                                          25,000               -
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased
    under agreements to resell                                -         702,403
                                                   ------------    ------------

         Total cash and cash equivalents                758,126       2,306,937
                                                   ------------    ------------

Investment securities:
  Securities held-to-maturity                         1,901,750       3,070,058
  Securities available-for-sale                               -         754,375
                                                   ------------    ------------

                                                      1,901,750       3,824,433

Loans receivable, net of unearned interest           25,815,638      22,262,635

Allowance for loan losses                              (105,868)       (105,000)

Accrued interest receivable                             135,220         161,714

Premises and equipment, net                             772,662         416,495

Foreclosed real estate                                        -          17,000

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost                634,100         605,700

Deferred tax assets                                           -          10,000

Other assets                                             56,197          30,513
                                                   ------------    ------------

                                                   $ 29,967,825    $ 29,530,427
                                                   ============    ============

                       Liabilities and Retained Earnings

Deposits                                           $ 28,128,252    $ 26,611,224

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank                          -       1,000,000

Accrued interest and other liabilities                   90,707          81,041
                                                   ------------    ------------

         Total liabilities                           28,218,959      27,692,265
                                                   ------------    ------------

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 11 and 12)               -               -
                                                   ------------    ------------

Association equity:
  Retained earnings - substantially restricted        1,748,866       1,832,787
  Unrealized gain on securities-
    available-for-sale                                        -           5,375
                                                   ------------    ------------

         Total equity                                 1,748,866       1,838,162
                                                   ------------    ------------

                                                   $ 29,967,825    $ 29,530,427
                                                   ============    ============

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                        F-2


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                               STATEMENTS OF LOSS

                 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001

                                                        2002            2001
                                                    -----------     -----------

Interest income:
  Interest and fees on loans                        $ 1,730,628     $ 1,648,246
  Interest on investment securities                     169,222         286,687
  Federal Home Loan Bank dividends                       28,503          39,200
  Other interest income                                  12,523          44,161
                                                    -----------     -----------

         Total interest income                        1,940,876       2,018,294
                                                    -----------     -----------

Interest expense:
  Interest on deposits                                  948,879       1,210,355
  Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank
    advances                                             11,314          24,336
  Interest on other borrowings                              568               -
                                                    -----------     -----------

         Total interest expense                         960,761       1,234,691
                                                    -----------     -----------

         Net interest income                            980,115         783,603
Provision for loan losses                                18,200          93,787
                                                    -----------     -----------

         Net interest income after provision
           for loan losses                              961,915         689,816
                                                    -----------     -----------

Other income (expense):
  Service charges and fees                               63,543          96,725
  Loss on sale of fixed assets                           (4,030)              -
  Gain (loss) on sale of other real estate               (7,362)          9,778
  Foreclosed real estate expense, net                      (984)        (13,896)
  Insurance commissions and premiums                      4,674           9,916
  Other income                                           17,171          27,899
                                                    -----------     -----------

                                                         73,012         130,422
                                                    -----------     -----------

Other expenses:
  Compensation and benefits                             450,225         343,740
  Directors fees                                         43,200          41,300
  Occupancy expense                                     131,347          96,413
  Insurance premiums                                     22,193          20,455
  Data processing                                       161,329         168,048
  Advertising                                            65,753          55,352
  Office supplies and postage                            54,816          42,401
  Payroll and other taxes                                59,799          55,546
  Professional fees                                      32,181          43,143
  Other operating expenses                               88,005         111,870
                                                    -----------     -----------

                                                      1,108,848         978,268
                                                    -----------     -----------

Loss before federal income tax
  expense (benefit)                                     (73,921)       (158,030)
Federal income tax expense (benefit)                     10,000         (32,812)
                                                    -----------     -----------

         Net loss                                   $   (83,921)    $  (125,218)
                                                    ===========     ===========

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                        F-3



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN RETAINED EARNINGS AND
                     ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

                 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001



                                                     Accumulated
                                                     Other Com-      Comprehen-
                                        Retained     prehensive      sive Income
                                        Earnings       Income         (Loss)
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Balance January 1, 2001               $ 1,958,005    $         -    $         -

Comprehensive income (loss)
  Net loss                               (125,218)             -       (125,218)

  Other comprehensive income:
    Change in unrealized gain
     on securities available-
     for-sale                                   -          5,375          5,375
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Total comprehensive loss                                            $  (119,843)
                                                                    ===========

Balance December 31, 2001               1,832,787          5,375
                                      -----------    -----------

Comprehensive income:
  Net loss                                (83,921)             -    $   (83,921)

  Other comprehensive income:
    Change in unrealized gain
     on securities available-
     for-sale                                   -         (5,375)        (5,375)
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Total comprehensive loss                                            $   (89,296)
                                                                    ===========

Balance December 31, 2002             $ 1,748,866    $         -
                                      ===========    ===========


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       F-4


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                 for the years ending December 31, 2002 and 2001



                                                              2002           2001
                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                                 
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss                                                $   (83,921)   $  (125,218)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
       cash provided by operating activities:
    Provision for loan losses                                  18,200         93,787
    Depreciation, amortization and accretion                   49,182         36,805
    Loss on sale of equipment                                   4,030              -
    (Gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned              3,762         (9,778)
    Deferred income taxes expense (benefit)                    10,000        (32,812)
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends                    (28,400)       (39,000)
    (Increase) decrease in:
      Accrued interest receivable                              26,494         27,645
      Prepaid expenses and other assets                       (25,684)         9,085
    Increase (decrease) in:
      Accrued expenses and other liabilities                    9,666        (41,333)
                                                          -----------    -----------

              Net cash used by operating activities           (16,671)       (80,819)
                                                          -----------    -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Net increase in loans                                    (3,562,435)    (3,305,257)
  Purchase of held-to-maturity securities                    (500,000)      (850,280)
  Purchases of available-for-sale securities                        -       (749,000)
  Proceeds from maturities/calls of held-
    to maturity securities                                  1,669,564      3,103,385
  Proceeds from maturity/call of available-
    for sale securities                                       749,000              -
  Purchase of premises and equipment                         (410,635)       (24,737)
  Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate                  5,338        147,700
                                                          -----------    -----------

              Net cash used by investing activities        (2,049,168)    (1,678,189)
                                                          -----------    -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net increase in deposits                                  1,517,028      1,189,682
  Principal payments on debt                               (3,000,000)    (1,162,265)
  Proceeds from short-term borrowings                       2,000,000      2,000,000
                                                          -----------    -----------

              Net cash provided by financing activities       517,028      2,027,417
                                                          -----------    -----------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents       (1,548,811)       268,409
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                2,306,937      2,038,528
                                                          -----------    -----------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                    $   758,126    $ 2,306,937
                                                          ===========    ===========

Supplemental disclosures:

Cash paid for:
  Interest                                                $   986,936    $ 1,285,561
                                                          ===========    ===========

Noncash investing activities:
  Loans transferred to foreclosed real estate             $     7,400    $   154,922
                                                          ===========    ===========

Loans to facilitate sale of foreclosed real estate        $    15,300    $         -
                                                          ===========    ===========

  Total increase (decrease) in unrealized gain
    on securities available-for-sale                      $    (5,375)   $     5,375
                                                          ===========    ===========


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       F-5


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     Plan of Conversion

       On March  13,  2003,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Bank,  subject  to
       regulatory  approval,  adopted a proposed Plan of Conversion (the "Plan")
       to convert from a federally  chartered mutual savings bank to a federally
       chartered  stock  savings  bank.  The Bank  will  become  a wholly  owned
       subsidiary of a concurrently  formed holding  company.  The Plan provides
       that the holding company will offer  nontransferable  subscription rights
       to  purchase  common  stock of the  holding  company.  The rights will be
       offered first to eligible account  holders,  the  tax-qualified  employee
       stock benefit  plans,  supplemental  eligible  account  holders and other
       members. Any shares remaining may then be offered to the general public.

       The  Plan  provides  for  the  establishment,   upon  completion  of  the
       conversion,  of a special "liquidation account" in an amount equal to the
       Bank's net worth as of the date of  conversion.  This  account is for the
       benefit of eligible  account holders and  supplemental  eligible  account
       holders in the event of  liquidation of the Bank. The interest as to each
       deposit account will be in the same  proportion of the total  liquidation
       account as the balance of the deposit account on the qualifying dates was
       to the  aggregate  balance of all  deposit  account of  eligible  account
       holders and  supplemental  account holders on the qualifying  dates.  The
       liquidation  account  will be  reduced in a  proportionate  amount if the
       amount in any deposit  account on any annual closing date is less than it
       was on the respective  qualifying dates. The liquidation account will not
       be  increased  despite  any  increase  in a  deposit  account  after  the
       respective qualifying dates.

       The  regulations  of the OTS prohibit the Bank from declaring or paying a
       cash  dividend if the effect  thereof  would cause the Bank's  regulatory
       capital  to  be  reduced  below  either  the  amount   required  for  the
       liquidation account or the federal regulatory capital requirements.

       Costs  associated  with the conversion will be deferred and deducted from
       the proceeds of the stock offering.  If, for any reason,  the offering is
       not successful,  the deferred costs will be charged to operations.  As of
       December 31, 2002,  there were no costs  associated  with the  conversion
       that have been deferred and presented as other assets.

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

       (a)    Nature of Operations

              Community First Bank (Association) provides a variety of financial
              services to individuals and corporate customers in Hopkins County,
              Kentucky.   The   Association's   primary  deposit   products  are
              interest-bearing  checking  accounts and  certificates of deposit.
              Its primary lending products are single-family  residential loans.
              The  Association  receives  insurance  commissions  for  sales  of
              insurance   products  in  connection  with  its  loan  origination
              activities.

       (b)    Use of Estimates

              The  preparation  of  financial   statements  in  conformity  with
              generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to
              make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
              assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure of contingent  assets and
              liabilities  at the  date  of the  financial  statements  and  the
              reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting
              period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                    Continued

                                       F-6


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

       (b)    Use of Estimates, continued

              Material   estimates   that  are   particularly   susceptible   to
              significant  change relate to the  determination  of the allowance
              for losses on loans and the  valuation of real estate  acquired in
              connection  with  foreclosures  or in  satisfaction  of loans.  In
              connection with the  determination of the allowances for losses on
              loans and foreclosed real estate,  management obtains  independent
              appraisals for significant properties.

              While management uses available information to recognize losses on
              loans  and  foreclosed  real  estate,   future  additions  to  the
              allowances  may be  necessary  based on changes in local  economic
              conditions. In addition,  regulatory agencies, as an integral part
              of   their   examination   process,    periodically   review   the
              Association's  allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed  real
              estate.  Such  agencies may require the  Association  to recognize
              additions  to  the  allowances  based  on  their  judgments  about
              information  available  to them at the time of their  examination.
              Because  of these  factors,  it is  reasonably  possible  that the
              allowances  for  losses on loans and  foreclosed  real  estate may
              change  materially  in the near term.  However,  the amount of the
              change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

       (c)    Cash and Cash Equivalents

              For  purposes  of the  statement  of cash  flows,  cash  and  cash
              equivalents  consist of cash on hand,  amounts due from depository
              institutions,   time  deposits  in  other  banks,  and  securities
              purchased  under resale  agreements,  all of which  mature  within
              ninety days. At December 31, 2002 an overdraft of interest bearing
              deposits in other banks of $21,644 is included in accrued interest
              payable and other liabilities.

       (d)    Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements

              The  Association   enters  into  purchases  of  securities   under
              agreements to resell the identical securities on the next business
              day (overnight repurchase agreements).  The amounts advanced under
              these  agreements are reported as cash  equivalents on the balance
              sheet.  Although  collateralization  is  not  required  under  the
              agreements, the Association mitigates its market risk by requiring
              that the  purchased  securities  be  issued by the  United  States
              Government  or an agency  thereof.  Credit  risk is  mitigated  by
              entering  into the  agreements  only with credit  worthy,  quality
              financial institutions.

       (e)    Investment Securities

              Securities Held-to-Maturity
              ---------------------------
              Debt  securities  that  management  has the  ability and intent to
              hold-to-maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at
              cost,  adjusted  for  amortization  of premium  and  accretion  of
              discounts using methods approximating the interest method over the
              period   to   maturity.   Mortgage-backed   securities   represent
              participating interests in pools of long-term first mortgage loans
              originated   and   serviced   by   issuers   of  the   securities.
              Mortgage-backed securities are carried at unpaid principal

                                    Continued

                                       F-7



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

       (e)    Investment Securities, continued

              Securities Held-to-Maturity, continued
              --------------------------------------
              balances,   adjusted   for   unamortized   premiums  and  unearned
              discounts. Premiums and discounts are amortized using the interest
              method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted
              for anticipated prepayments.

              Securities Available-for-Sale
              -----------------------------
              Available-for-sale securities consist of securities not classified
              as trading securities or held-to-maturity  securities.  Unrealized
              holding   gains   and   losses,   net  of   tax,   on   securities
              available-for-sale  are  recognized  as  increases or decreases in
              retained earnings (as comprehensive income) until realized.  Gains
              and  losses  on the  sale of  available  for sale  securities  are
              determined   using  the  specific   identification   method.   The
              amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized
              in interest  income using the  interest  method over the period of
              maturity.

              Declines  in the fair  value of  individual  held-to-maturity  and
              available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other than
              temporary  result in write-downs  of the individual  securities to
              their fair value. The related write-downs, if any, are included in
              earnings as realized losses.

       (f)    Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

              Loans are  stated at unpaid principal balances, less the allowance
              for loan  losses,  net deferred loan fees and unearned  discounts.
              Loan  origination and commitment  fees, as well as certain  direct
              origination   costs,  are  deferred  and  amortized  as  a   yield
              adjustment over the lives of the related loans using the  interest
              method.

              The recognition of income on a loan is discontinued and previously
              accrued interest is reversed,  when interest or principal payments
              become  ninety  (90)  days  past due  unless,  in the  opinion  of
              management, the outstanding interest remains collectible. Past due
              status is  determined  based on  contractual  terms.  Interest  is
              subsequently  recognized  only  as  received  until  the  loan  is
              returned to accrual  status.  A loan is restored to accrual status
              when all  interest  and  principal  payments  are  current and the
              borrower  has  demonstrated  to  management  the  ability  to make
              payments of principal and interest as scheduled. The Association's
              practice  is to charge  off any loan or portion of a loan when the
              loan is determined by  management to be  uncollectible  due to the
              borrower's   failure  to  meet  repayment  terms,  the  borrower's
              deteriorating   or   deteriorated    financial   condition,    the
              depreciation   of   the   underlying   collateral,    the   loan's
              classification  as a loss by  regulatory  examiners,  or for other
              reasons.

                                    Continued

                                       F-8


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

       (f)    Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses, continued

              The  allowance  for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by
              management and is based upon  management's  periodic review of the
              collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the
              nature and volume of the loan portfolio,  adverse  situations that
              may affect the borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of any
              underlying  collateral and prevailing  economic  conditions.  This
              evaluation is inherently  subjective as it requires estimates that
              are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more  information
              becomes available.

              A loan is considered  impaired when, based on current  information
              and events,  it is probable that the Association will be unable to
              collect the  scheduled  payments of principal or interest when due
              according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Factors
              considered by management in determining impairment include payment
              status,  collateral  value,  and  the  probability  of  collecting
              scheduled  principal and interest  payments  when due.  Loans that
              experience  insignificant  payment  delays and payment  shortfalls
              generally are not  classified as impaired.  Management  determines
              the  significance  of payment delays and payment  shortfalls on  a
              case-by-case   basis,   taking  into   consideration  all  of  the
              circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the
              length of the delay,  the  reasons for the delay,  the  borrower's
              prior payment record,  and the amount of the shortfall in relation
              to the  principal and interest owed.  Impairment  is measured on a
              loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either
              the present value of expected future cash flows  discounted at the
              loan's  effective  interest  rate,  the loan's  obtainable  market
              price,  or the  fair  value  of the  collateral  if  the  loan  is
              collateral dependent.

              Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively
              evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly,  the Association  does not
              separately  identify individual consumer and residential loans for
              impairment disclosures.

       (g)    Premises and Equipment

              Land  is  carried  at  cost. Buildings,  furniture,  fixtures  and
              equipment  are  stated  at cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.
              Maintenance  and  repairs are  expensed  as  incurred  while major
              additions and improvements are  capitalized.  Buildings,  building
              improvements,  furniture,  fixtures and equipment are  depreciated
              primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
              lives of the related assets as follows:

                                                          Estimated Useful Lives
                                                          ----------------------

                          Buildings                              39-50 Years
                          Building improvements                   7-40 Years
                          Furniture and equipment                 3-15 Years


                                    Continued

                                      F-9


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

        (h)   Foreclosed Real Estate

              Foreclosed real estate includes both formally  foreclosed property
              and  in-substance  foreclosed  property.  In-substance  foreclosed
              properties  are those  properties  for which the  institution  has
              taken   physical   possession,   regardless   of  whether   formal
              foreclosure proceedings have taken place.

              At the time of foreclosure,  foreclosed real estate is recorded at
              the lower of the carrying  amount or fair value less cost to sell,
              which becomes the property's new basis.  Any write-downs  based on
              the asset's fair value at date of  acquisition  are charged to the
              allowance for loan losses.  After  foreclosure,  property held for
              sale is  carried  at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value
              less cost to sell.  Impairment  losses on  property to be held and
              used are measured as the amount by which the carrying  amount of a
              property  exceeds its fair value.  Costs  incurred in  maintaining
              foreclosed real estate and subsequent  adjustments to the carrying
              amount of the property are included in income (loss) on foreclosed
              real estate.

       (i)    Income Taxes

              Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the  transactions
              reported  in  the  financial   statements  and  consist  of  taxes
              currently  due  plus  deferred  taxes  related  primarily  to  net
              operating and other tax carryforwards  and to differences  between
              the basis of  available-for-sale  securities,  allowance  for loan
              losses, accumulated depreciation, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock
              dividends for financial and income tax reporting. The deferred tax
              assets   and   liabilities   represent   the   future  tax  return
              consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or
              deductible  when the  assets  and  liabilities  are  recovered  or
              settled.  Deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  are  reflected at
              income tax rates  applicable  to the period in which the  deferred
              tax assets or liabilities  are expected to be realized or settled.
              As changes in tax laws or rates are  enacted,  deferred tax assets
              and  liabilities  are adjusted  through the  provision  for income
              taxes.  Valuation  allowances  are  established  when necessary to
              reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

       (j)    Advertising

              Advertising  costs are  expensed as incurred  and were $65,753 and
              $55,352  for  the  years  ended   December   31,  2002  and  2001,
              respectively.

3.     Investment Securities

       Investment  securities  have been  classified  according to  management's
       intent.  The amortized  cost of  securities  and their  approximate  fair
       values held as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:


                                    Continued

                                      F-10



                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.     Investment Securities, Continued



           Securities Held-to-
           -------------------
           Maturity:                                      2002
           --------               -----------------------------------------------------
                                                  Gross          Gross
                                   Amortized    Unrealized     Unrealized       Fair
                                     Cost         Gains          Losses         Value
                                  ----------       -------     ----------    ----------
                                                               

           U.S. Government and
            federal agencies      $1,700,255       $79,776     $       -     $1,780,031
           Mortgage-backed
              securities:
             GNMA                    133,660        11,914                      145,574
             FNMA                     12,514           537                       13,051
             FHLMC                    55,321         2,982                       58,303
                                  ----------       -------     ----------    ----------

                                  $1,901,750       $95,209     $        -    $1,996,959
                                  ==========       =======     ==========    ==========





           Securities Held-to-
           -------------------
           Maturity:                                 2001
           --------
                                --------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Gross          Gross
                                  Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized       Fair
                                    Cost          Gains          Losses         Value
                                -------------   -----------   ------------   -----------
                                                               
           U.S. Government and
            federal agencies      $2,400,000       $69,938     $       -     $2,469,938
           Mortgage-backed
              securities:
             GNMA                    227,492        10,711                      238,203
             FNMA                    370,903         1,376                      372,279
             FHLMC                    71,663         1,702                       73,365
                                  ----------       -------     ----------    ----------

                                  $3,070,058       $83,727     $        -    $3,153,785
                                  ==========       =======     ==========    ==========

           Securities Available-for-Sale:
           ------------------------------
           U.S. Government and
            federal agencies      $  749,000       $ 5,375     $        -    $  754,375
                                  ==========       =======     ==========    ==========


       The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities,  including mortgage
       backed securities at December 31, 2002, by contractual maturity are shown
       below.  Expected  maturities  will  differ  from  contractual  maturities
       because  borrowers may have the right to call or prepay  obligations with
       or without call or prepayment penalties.

                                                  Amortized
                                                    Cost      Fair Value
                                                 ----------   ----------
           Amounts maturing in:
             One year or less                    $  400,255   $  407,440
             After one year through five years    1,300,000    1,372,591
             After five years through
               ten years                                  -            -
             After ten years                              -            -
                                                 ----------   ----------

                                                  1,700,255    1,780,031
             Mortgage-backed securities             201,495      216,928
                                                 ----------   ----------

                                                 $1,901,750   $1,996,959
                                                 ==========   ==========

                                    Continued

                                      F-11


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.     Loans Receivable

       Loans at December 31, are as follows:

                                                       2002            2001
                                                  ------------    ------------
        Real estate mortgage loans:
          One-to four-family residential first    $ 22,353,189    $ 19,604,158
          One-to four-family residential second        582,108         626,494
          Multi-family                                 450,000         103,802
          Commercial                                   798,107         466,661
          Construction                                 206,400          67,000
        Other loans:
          Consumer installment                         283,174         326,100
          Commercial                                   101,777           7,606
          Automobile                                   739,686         556,142
          Passbook                                     238,158         270,249
          Other                                        208,955         255,670
                                                  ------------    ------------

                                                    25,961,554      22,283,882
        Less:
          Unearned interest                               (456)         (2,147)
          Allowance for loan losses                   (105,868)       (105,000)
          Loans in process                            (145,460)        (19,100)
                                                  ------------    ------------

                  Total                           $ 25,709,770    $ 22,157,635
                                                  ============    ============

       Activity in the  allowance  for loan losses is  summarized as follows for
       the years ended December 31:
                                              Real
       2002                                  Estate       Consumer      Total
       ----                                 --------      --------    --------
        Balance, beginning of year          $ 70,000      $ 35,000    $105,000
        Provision for loan losses              1,100        17,100      18,200
        Loans charged-off                     (3,643)      (21,293)    (24,936)
        Recoveries of loans previously
         charged-off                               -         7,604       7,604
                                            --------      --------    --------

        Balance, end of year                $ 67,457      $ 38,411    $105,868
                                            ========      ========    ========

                                              Real
       2001                                  Estate       Consumer      Total
       ----                                 --------      --------    -------

        Balance, beginning of year          $ 50,000      $ 10,000    $ 60,000
        Provision for loan losses             41,992        51,795      93,787
        Loans charged-off                    (28,148)      (26,795)    (54,943)
        Recoveries of loans previously
         charged-off                           6,156             -       6,156
                                            --------      --------    --------

        Balance, end of year                $ 70,000      $ 35,000    $105,000
                                            ========      ========    ========

       In the ordinary  course of business,  the  Association has and expects to
       continue to have transactions,  including borrowings, with its employees,
       officers, and directors. In the opinion of management,  such transactions
       were on  substantially  the same  terms,  including  interest  rates  and
       collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time of comparable  transactions
       with  other  persons  and did not  involve  more  than a  normal  risk of
       collectibility  or  present  any  other   unfavorable   features  to  the
       Association.  Loans to such borrowers, at December 31, 2002 and 2001, are
       summarized as follows:

                                                    2002           2001
                                                 ----------     ----------

              Balance, beginning of year         $  172,241     $  191,081
              Loan proceeds                         359,884        133,720
              Payments                              (79,029)      (152,560)
                                                 ----------     ----------

              Balance, end of year               $  453,096     $  172,241
                                                 ==========     ==========
                                    Continued

                                      F-12


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


4.     Loans Receivable, Continued

      At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the total  recorded  investment in loans on
      nonaccrual amounted to approximately $53,000 and $ -0-, respectively,  and
      the total  recorded  investment  in loans past due ninety days or more and
      still accruing  interest  amounted to  approximately  $33,000 and $47,000,
      respectively.  At December  31,  2002 and 2001,  there were no loans which
      were  specifically  classed as  impaired  loans.  The  Association  has no
      commitments  to loan  additional  funds to the borrowers  whose loans have
      been modified or classified.

5.    Premises and Equipment

      Premises and equipment at December 31 are summarized as follows:

                                                   2002           2001
                                               -----------    -----------

           Land                                $    73,649    $    73,649
           Buildings and improvements              735,348        513,581
           Furniture, fixtures and equipment       360,823        233,713
                                               -----------    -----------

                                                 1,169,820        820,943
           Less accumulated depreciation          (397,158)      (404,448)
                                               -----------    -----------

                                               $   772,662    $   416,495
                                               ===========    ===========

       Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 was
       $50,438 and $36,805, respectively

6.      Deposits

        Deposits at December 31, are summarized as follows:

                                                2002                 2001
                                        -------------------  -------------------
                                            Amount       %       Amount       %
                                        ------------  -----  ------------  -----

        Non-interest bearing demand     $  1,430,336     5   $  1,014,780     4
        NOW accounts                       1,107,109     4        932,846     4
        Money Market accounts              2,072,339     8      1,742,351     6
        Passbook savings                   3,168,832    11      3,011,000    11
        Certificates of deposits          20,349,636    72     19,910,247    75
                                        ------------  -----  ------------  -----

                                        $ 28,128,252   100   $ 26,611,224   100
                                        ============  =====  ============  =====

       Deposit accounts in excess of $100,000 are not federally insured.

       The amount of deposit  accounts with a minimum  denomination  of $100,000
       was $3,536,007 and $564,934 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

       At December 31, 2002, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit
       are as follows:

                      2003                   $ 10,927,523
                      2004                      3,852,882
                      2005                      3,105,992
                      2006                        509,951
                      2007                      1,953,288
                                             ------------

                                             $ 20,349,636
                                             ============

                                    Continued

                                       F-13


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.     Deposits, Continued

       Interest  expense on deposits  for the years ended  December 31, 2002 and
       2001 is summarized as follows:

                                                2002                   2001
                                           ------------           ------------

        Certificates of deposit            $    901,739           $  1,106,214
        Money Market accounts                    24,573                 34,442
        NOW accounts                              4,406                 15,446
        Passbook savings                         20,610                 61,110
                                           ------------           ------------

                                                951,328              1,217,212
        Less: dividends retained for
          early withdrawal                        2,449                  6,857
                                           ------------           ------------

                                           $    948,879           $  1,210,355
                                           ============           ============

       In the ordinary course of business, the Association has continued to have
       transactions,  including  deposits,  with  its  employees,  officers  and
       directors.  In the  opinion  of  management,  such  transactions  were on
       substantially the same terms,  including interest rates prevailing at the
       time,  of  comparable  transactions  with other  persons.  Deposits  from
       employees,  officers  and  directors  totaled  $611,864  and  $433,147 on
       December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

7.     Short-Term Debt

       Short-term debt as of December 31, 2001,  consisted of a short-term fixed
       rate advance  from Federal Home Loan Bank.  The advance had a 2.09% fixed
       interest rate and was repaid in 2002. Advances from the Federal Home Loan
       Bank are collateralized with the Association's mortgage portfolio to 150%
       of the balance of the note (blanket  mortgage  collateral) and is further
       collateralized by the Association's stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank.

8.     Pension Plan

       The Association is a participant in the Financial Institutions Retirement
       Fund, a qualified defined benefit, noncontributory multi-employer pension
       plan covering all full-time  salaried employees who are between 21 and 65
       years  of age and have  completed  one year of  continuous  service.  The
       benefit is the  career  average  salary  multiplied  by two and  one-half
       percent (2 1/2%) for each year of service.

       The  Association's  policy is to fund  normal  pension  cost on a current
       basis.  The funded  status of the plan is  calculated  by comparing  plan
       assets  to  plan  liabilities.   Assets  in  excess  of  liabilities  are
       recognized as Future Employer  Contribution Offsets (FECO).  Although the
       benefit  obligation and fair value of plan assets are not available as of
       December 31, 2002, the Plan's actuary determined that at July 1, 2002, an
       unfunded  liability of $10,438  existed for prior  service costs and that
       contributions  of $22,281 are  required for the plan year ending June 30,
       2003.  Pension  expense  under the plan was  $26,672  and $12,252 for the
       years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

                                    Continued

                                      F-14


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.     Federal Income Taxes

       The provision for federal income tax expense (benefit) for the years
       ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 is summarized as follows:

                                                 2002         2001
                                               --------     --------

        Current                                $   --       $      -
        Deferred                                 10,000      (32,812)
                                               --------     --------

                                               $ 10,000     $(32,812)
                                               ========     ========

         The net deferred tax asset in the  accompanying  statement of financial
         condition includes the following components:

                                                 2002         2001
                                               --------     --------

        Deferred tax liabilities:
          FHLB stock dividends                 $(67,000)    $(63,000)
          Book/tax depreciation                 (14,000)      (2,000)
          Allowance for loan losses                (800)           -
        Deferred tax assets:
          Tax carryforwards                      88,900       60,000
          Allowance for loan losses                   -       15,000
                                               --------     --------

        Net deferred tax asset                    7,100       10,000
        Valuation allowance                      (7,100)           -
                                               --------     --------

                                               $      -     $ 10,000
                                               ========     ========

         Total income tax expense  (benefit)  differed from the amounts computed
         by applying the U.S.  federal income tax rates  of 34 percent  in  2002
         and 2001 to loss before income taxes as a result of:

                                                 2002         2001
                                               --------     --------

        Tax at statutory rate (34)%            $(25,133)    $(53,730)
        Graduated rates                           9,153        6,348
        Nondeductible expenses                      565            -
        Change in valuation allowance             7,100            -
        Nondeductible expense and other          18,315       14,570
                                               --------     --------

                                               $ 10,000     $(32,812)
                                               ========     ========

        Effective income tax rate                 13.52%      (20.76)%
                                               ========     ========

       Retained  earnings at December 31, 2002 and 2001  included  approximately
       $525,000, which represents bad debt reserves for which no deferred income
       taxes have been provided.  These amounts represent  allocations of income
       to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Reduction of these reserves
       for purposes other than tax bad debt losses or  adjustments  arising from
       carryback of net  operating  losses would create income for tax purposes,
       which would be subject to the then-current corporate income tax rate. The
       unrecorded  deferred liability on these amounts is approximately  $79,000
       at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

       The net  operating  loss  carryforward  of  approximately  $557,000  will
       commence to expire in the year 2012 and expire in 2023.

                                    Continued

                                      F-15


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.    Regulatory Matters

       The  Association is subject to various  regulatory  capital  requirements
       administered  by its  primary  federal  regulator,  the  Office of Thrift
       Supervision  (OTS).  Failure  to  meet  the  minimum  regulatory  capital
       requirements  can initiate  certain  mandatory,  and possibly  additional
       discretionary  actions by regulators,  that if  undertaken,  could have a
       direct material affect on the Association's  financial statements.  Under
       the regulatory capital adequacy  guidelines and the regulatory  framework
       for prompt corrective  action, the Association must meet specific capital
       guidelines involving  quantitative  measures of the Association's assets,
       liabilities,  and certain  off-balance-sheet  items as  calculated  under
       regulatory  accounting  practices.  The Association's capital amounts and
       classification  under the prompt  corrective  action  guidelines are also
       subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk
       weightings, and other factors.

       Quantitative   measures  established  by  regulation  to  ensure  capital
       adequacy  require the Association to maintain  minimum amounts and ratios
       of: total risk-based  capital and Tier I capital to risk-weighted  assets
       (as defined in the regulations),  Tier I capital to adjusted total assets
       (as defined), and tangible capital to adjusted total assets (as defined).
       Management  believes as of December 31, 2002 that the  Association  meets
       all capital adequacy  requirements to which it is subject. As of December
       31,  2002,  the most recent  notification  from the OTS  categorized  the
       Association as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt
       corrective   action.   There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  the
       notification  that  management  believes  have changed the  Association's
       category.

       The  Association's  actual  capital and its  statutory  required  capital
       levels at December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows (in thousands).



                                                                                         Capitalized Under
                                                                  For Capital            Prompt Corrective
                                                                    Adequacy                   Action
                                                                    Purposes                 Provisions
                                            Actual                  Required                  Required
                                     ----------------------    ---------------------    ------------------
                                      Amount        %          Amount         %         Amount         %
                                     -------      -----        ------       -----       ------       -----
                                                                                 
        December 31, 2002
        -----------------
        Total risk based capital     $1,855       11.12%       $1,335       8.0%        $1,669       10.0%
        Tier 1 risk based capital     1,749       10.48           668       4.0          1,001        6.0
        Tier 1 core capital           1,749        5.83         1,199       4.0          1,499        5.0
        Tangible equity capital       1,749        5.83           450       1.5            450        1.5

        December 31, 2001
        -----------------
        Total risk based capital      1,948       13.97         1,116       8.0          1,394       10.0
        Tier 1 risk based capital     1,838       13.19           557       4.0            836        6.0
        Tier 1 core capital           1,838        6.23         1,180       4.0          1,475        5.0
        Tangible equity capital       1,838        6.23           443       1.5            443        1.5



                                    Continued

                                      F-16


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.    Regulatory Matters, Continued

       A reconciliation of the Association's  equity to regulatory capital is as
       follows:

                                                        2002          2001
                                                      (dollars in thousands)
                                                      ----------------------

      Total equity per statements of financial        $ 1,749       $ 1,838
           condition
        Current year audit adjustments                     56             -
        Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
         securities                                         -            (5)
        Rounding                                            -             1
                                                      -------       -------

      Tangible capital, as reported                     1,805         1,834

        Allowance for loan losses                         106           105
                                                      -------       -------

      Total risk based capital, as reported           $ 1,911       $ 1,939
                                                      =======       =======


11.    Loan Commitments

       At December 31, 2002, the Association had outstanding firm commitments to
       originate loans as follows:

        Mortgage loans
          7 year adjustable                      $ 488,800
          Construction loans                       145,461
                                                 ---------

                                                 $ 634,261
                                                 =========

       At December 31, 2002, outstanding letters of credit were $25,000.

12.      Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

       The   Association   is   a   party   to   financial    instruments   with
       off-balance-sheet  risk in the  normal  course  of  business  to meet the
       financing  needs of its  customers  and to  reduce  its own  exposure  to
       fluctuations  in interest  rates.  These  financial  instruments  include
       commitments to extend credit and  interest-rate  caps and floors written.
       Those instruments involve, to varying degrees,  elements of interest-rate
       risk in excess of the amount  recognized  in the  statement  of financial
       condition.  The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect
       the extent of the  Association's  involvement  in  particular  classes of
       financial instruments.

       The Association's  exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance
       by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend
       credit  is  represented  by the  contractual  notional  amount  of  those
       instruments.  The  Association  uses the same  credit  policies in making
       commitments and conditional  obligations as it does for  on-balance-sheet
       instruments.

                                    Continued

                                      F-17


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


12.    Commitments and Contingent Liabilities, Continued

       Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long
       as there is no violation of any  condition  established  in the contract.
       Commitments  generally have fixed expiration  dates or other  termination
       clauses and may require  payment of a fee. Since many of the  commitments
       are expected to expire  without  being drawn upon,  the total  commitment
       amounts  do not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  The
       Association evaluates each customer's  creditworthiness on a case-by-case
       basis. The amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by
       the  Association  upon  extension  of  credit,  varies  and is  based  on
       management's credit evaluation of the counterparty.

       At  December  31, 2002 and 2001,  approximately  $732,100  and  $746,800,
       respectively,  were held in deposits at financial  institutions in excess
       of federally  insured amounts.  Although it does not require  collateral,
       the  Association  minimizes  its credit risk by placing  its  deposits in
       high-credit, quality financial institutions.

       In December 2002, the Bank entered into a real estate  purchase  contract
       to  purchase  land for  expansion  of Bank  facilities  in the  amount of
       $360,000.  The Bank has not formalized plans for expansion and expects to
       complete the land transaction in 2003.

       The Bank had  planned  to  convert  to a new data  processing  system and
       entered  into new  data  processing  contracts  with a  prospective  data
       processing  provider in December 2002. The Bank's current data processing
       provider has provided the Bank with a termination contract that calls for
       termination  related penalties and costs of approximately  $400,000.  The
       Bank's  current  data  processing  contracts  may be  terminated  without
       penalty under certain  conditions  including  timely  notice.  The Bank's
       current  processor  has  asserted  that the  Bank's  notice  of intent to
       terminate  its  current  contracts  on August  1,  2003 was not  received
       timely.  Management  does not believe that it would incur penalties under
       the new contracts if the contemplated conversion were not completed.  The
       Bank is not currently obligated to pay termination fees under its current
       contracts  and does not plan to enter into the  termination  contract  or
       otherwise obligate the Bank to pay contract termination penalties.

13.     Fair Values of Financial Instruments

        Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 107, Disclosures about
        Fair Value of Financial  Instruments,  requires disclosure of fair value
        information  about financial  instruments,  whether or not recognized in
        the  statement of  financial  condition.  In cases where  quoted  market
        prices  are not  available,  fair  values are based on  estimates  using
        present  value or  other  valuation  techniques.  Those  techniques  are
        significantly  affected by the assumptions used,  including the discount
        rate and  estimates of future cash flows.  In that  regard,  the derived
        fair  value  estimates   cannot  be   substantiated   by  comparison  to
        independent  markets  and,  in many  cases,  could  not be  realized  in
        immediate  settlement  of the  instruments.  Statement  No. 107 excludes
        certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial  instruments from its
        disclosure requirements.  Accordingly,  the aggregate fair value amounts
        do not represent the underlying value of the Association.

                                    Continued

                                      F-18


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


13.     Fair Values of Financial Instruments, Continued

        The following  methods and  assumptions  were used by the Association in
        estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

        Cash and cash  equivalents:  The carrying amounts of cash and short-term
        instruments approximate fair values.

        Interest-bearing   deposits   in  banks:   The   carrying   amounts   of
        interest-bearing deposits maturing within ninety days, approximate their
        fair values.

        Time  deposits:  Fair  values  of  time  deposits  are  estimated  using
        discounted  cash flow analyses  based on current rates for similar types
        of deposits.

        Securities: Fair values for securities, excluding Federal Home Loan Bank
        stock, are based on quoted market prices.

        Federal Home Loan Bank stock:  The  carrying  value of Federal Home Loan
        Bank stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of
        the Federal Home Loan Bank.

        Loans receivable:  For variable-rate  loans that reprice  frequently and
        with no  significant  change in credit  risk,  fair  values are based on
        carrying  values.   Fair  values  for  certain   mortgage  loans  (e.g.,
        one-to-four  family  residential,  commercial  real  estate,  investment
        property  mortgage loans and  commercial and industrial  loans) which do
        not  reprice   frequently  are  estimated  using  discounted  cash  flow
        analyses,  using interest rates  currently  being offered for loans with
        similar terms to borrowers of similar  credit  quality.  Fair values for
        non-performing  loans are estimated using  discounted cash flow analyses
        or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

        Accrued  interest  receivable:  The carrying amounts of accrued interest
        receivable approximate fair value.

        Deposit  liabilities:  The fair  values  disclosed  for demand  deposits
        (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings, and certain
        types of money market accounts) are, by definition,  equal to the amount
        payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e.,  their carrying amounts).
        Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a
        discounted cash flow  calculation  that applies interest rates currently
        being  offered on  certificates  to a schedule  of  aggregated  expected
        monthly maturities on time deposits.

        Federal Home Loan Bank  advances:  The  carrying  amount of Federal Home
        Loan Bank advances,  which mature within 90 days, approximate their fair
        values.

        Accrued  interest  payable:  The  carrying  amounts of accrued  interest
        payable approximate fair value.

        Off-balance-sheet instruments:  The fair values of commitments to extend
        credit  are  based  on  fees  currently  charged to  enter  into similar
        agreements,  taking into account  the remaining  terms of the agreements
        and the  counterparties' credit standing.

                                    Continued

                                      F-19


                              COMMUNITY FIRST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


13.     Fair Values of Financial Instruments, Continued

        The estimated fair values of the Association's financial instruments are
        as follows:



                                                                       2002                               2001
                                                         -------------------------------    -------------------------------
                                                             Carrying           Fair            Carrying           Fair
                                                              Value             Value            Value             Value
                                                         -------------    --------------    -------------    --------------
                                                                                                 
      Financial assets:

        Cash and cash equivalents                            $733,126          $733,126       $1,410,347        $1,410,347

        Interest bearing deposits in other
          banks                                                     -                 -          896,590           896,590

        Time deposits                                          25,000            25,032                -                 -

        Securities held-to-maturity                         1,901,750         1,996,959        3,070,058         3,153,785

        Securities available-for-sale                               -                 -          754,375           754,375

        Federal Home Loan Bank stock                          634,100           634,100          605,700           605,700

        Loans                                              25,709,770        25,997,227       22,157,635        22,196,379

        Accrued interest receivable                           135,220           135,220          161,714           161,714

      Financial liabilities:

        Deposits                                           28,128,252        28,429,929       26,611,224        26,932,134

        Advances from FHLB                                          -                 -        1,000,000         1,000,000

        Accrued interest payable                               19,990            19,990           46,165            46,165

      Off balance sheet credit related
           financial instruments:

        Commitments to extend credit                                -                 -                -                 -



                                      F-20



                                    GLOSSARY

ARM Loan                            Adjustable-rate mortgage loan

BIF                                 Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC

Common Stock                        The common  stock, $.01 par value per share,
                                    of Community First Bancorp, Inc.

Community                           Offering   Offering   for  sale  to  certain
                                    members of the general  public of any shares
                                    of common  stock not  subscribed  for in the
                                    Subscription    Offering,    including   the
                                    possible  offering  of  common  stock  in  a
                                    Syndicated Community Offering

Company                             Community First Bancorp, Inc.

Conversion                          Simultaneous  conversion of Community  First
                                    Bank to  stock  form,  the  issuance  of the
                                    Community First Bank's  outstanding  capital
                                    stock to the Company and the Company's offer
                                    and sale of common stock

Eligible                            Account  Holders  Savings account holders of
                                    Community  First Bank with account  balances
                                    of at least $50 as of the close of  business
                                    on December 31, 2001

Estimated
Valuation Range                     Estimated  pro  forma  market  value  of the
                                    common  stock  ranging  from  $1,487,500  to
                                    $2,012,500

Exchange Act                        Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

Expiration Date                     12:00 p.m., Central time, on June __, 2003

FDIC                                Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Federal Reserve System              The  Board  of  Governors  of  the   Federal
                                    Reserve System

Feldman Financial                   Feldman   Financial   Advisors,   Inc.,  the
                                    independent appraiser for the Offering

FHLB                                Federal Home Loan Bank

FHLMC                               Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

FNMA                                Federal National Mortgage Association

                                       A-1





IRA                                 Individual retirement account or arrangement

IRS                                 Internal Revenue Service

Keefe, Bruyette                     Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., the marketing
& Woods, Inc.                        agent for the offering

MRP                                 Management recognition plan to be adopted no
                                    earlier than six months after the conversion

NASD                                National  Association of Securities Dealers,
                                    Inc.

NOW account                         Negotiable order of withdrawal account

NPV                                 Net portfolio value

Offering                            Subscription, Community and Syndicated
                                    Community offerings, collectively

Option Plan                         Stock option plan  to  be adopted no earlier
                                    than six months after the conversion

Order Form                          Form  for  ordering  stock  accompanied by a
                                    certification concerning certain matters

Other                               Members  Savings account holders (other than
                                    eligible  account  holders and  supplemental
                                    eligible  account holders) and borrowers who
                                    are entitled to vote at the Special  Meeting
                                    due to the existence of a savings account or
                                    a  borrowing,  respectively,  on the  Voting
                                    Record Date for the Special Meeting

OTS                                 Office of Thrift Supervision

Plan                                of Conversion  Plan of Community  First Bank
                                    to convert from a federally chartered mutual
                                    savings bank to a federally  chartered stock
                                    savings  bank  and  the  issuance  of all of
                                    Community First Bank's  outstanding  capital
                                    stock to the Company and the issuance of the
                                    Company's stock to the public

Purchase Price                      $10.00 per share price of the common stock

SAIF                                Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund of the
                                    FDIC

SEC                                 Securities and Exchange Commission

                                       A-2



Securities Act                      Securities Act of 1933, as amended

Special Meeting                     Special  Meeting  of  members  of  Community
                                    First  Bank  called  for  the   purpose   of
                                    approving the Plan

Subscription                        Offering Offering of non-transferable rights
                                    to subscribe for the common stock,  in order
                                    of priority,  to Eligible  Account  Holders,
                                    tax- qualified employee plans,  Supplemental
                                    Eligible Account Holders and Other Members

Supplemental  Eligible              Depositors,  who  are   not Eligible Account
Account Holders                     Holders  of   Community  First   Bank,  with
                                    account balances of at  least  $50  on March
                                    31, 2003

Syndicated Community                Offering of shares of common stock remaining
                                    after the Subscription

Offering                            Offering and undertaken prior to the end and
                                    as part of the Community Offering, and which
                                    may,  at  our  discretion,  be  made  to the
                                    general  public on a best efforts basis by a
                                    selling group of broker-dealers

Voting                              Record Date The close of business on May __,
                                    2003,  the  date  for  determining   members
                                    entitled to vote at the Special Meeting

                                       A-3



No dealer,  salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representations not contained in this document in connection with
the  offering  made  hereby,   and,  if  given  or  made,  such  information  or
representations  must not be relied upon as having been  authorized by Community
First Bank, the Company, or Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. This document does not
constitute an offer to sell, or the  solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the
securities  offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer
or  solicitation  would be unlawful.  Neither the  delivery of this  document by
Community First Bank, the Company, or Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any sale
made hereunder shall in any  circumstances  create an implication that there has
been no change in the affairs of Community First Bank or the Company,  since any
of the  dates as of which  information  is  furnished  herein  or since the date
hereof.


                          COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.
                   (Holding Company for Community First Bank)



                              Up to 231,438 Shares

                                  Common Stock

                                   PROSPECTUS

                          Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

                               Dated May __, 2003



                  THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR ACCOUNTS
                  AND ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED OR GUARANTEED.





Until ___________, 2003 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
that effect  transactions in these  securities,  whether or not participating in
this offering,  may be required to deliver a prospectus.  This is in addition to
the dealer  obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as  underwriters  and
with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

         Indemnification of Directors and Officers of Community First Bank

         Federal  Regulations  clearly  define areas for  indemnity  coverage by
Community First Bank (the "Bank"), as follows:

         (a) Any person against whom any action is brought by reason of the fact
that  such  person  is or was a  director  or  officer  of  the  Bank  shall  be
indemnified by the Bank for:

               (i)  Reasonable   costs  and   expenses,   including   reasonable
                    attorney's fees, actually paid or incurred by such person in
                    connection  with  proceedings  related  to  the  defense  or
                    settlement of such action;

               (ii) Any amount for which such person becomes liable by reason of
                    any judgment in such action;

               (iii)Reasonable   costs  and   expenses,   including   reasonable
                    attorney's fees,  actually paid or incurred in any action to
                    enforce his rights under this section, if the person attains
                    a final judgment in favor of such person in such enforcement
                    action.

         (b)  Indemnification  provided for in subparagraph (a) shall be made to
such officer or director only if the requirements of this subparagraph are met:

               (i)  The  Bank  shall  make  the   indemnification   provided  by
                    subparagraph  (a) in  connection  with any such action which
                    results in a final  judgment  on the merits in favor of such
                    officer or director.

               (ii) The  Bank  shall  make  the   indemnification   provided  by
                    subparagraph (a) in case of settlement of such action, final
                    judgment  against such director or officer or final judgment
                    in favor  of such  director  or  officer  other  than on the
                    merits except in relation to matters as to which he shall be
                    adjudged to be liable for  negligence  or  misconduct in the
                    performance of his duty, only if a majority of the directors
                    of the Bank  determines  that such a director or officer was
                    acting in good faith within what he was reasonably  entitled
                    to  believe  under  the  circumstances  was the scope of his
                    employment  or  authority  and for a  purpose  which  he was
                    reasonably  entitled to believe under the  circumstances was
                    in the  best  interest  of the  Bank  or  their  members  or
                    stockholders.

         (c) As used in this paragraph:

               (i)  "Action"  means  any  action,  suit  or  other  judicial  or
                    administrative proceeding, or threatened proceeding, whether
                    civil, criminal, or otherwise, including any appeal or other
                    proceeding for review;

               (ii) "Court" includes,  without limitation, any court to which or
                    in which any appeal or any proceeding for review is brought;

               (iii)"Final  Judgment" means a judgment,  decree,  or order which
                    is  appealable  and as to which the  period  for  appeal has
                    expired and no appeal has been taken;

               (iv) "Settlement"  includes the entry of a judgment by consent or
                    by   confession  or  upon  a  plea  of  guilty  or  of  nolo
                    contendere.

                                      II-1



         Community First has a directors and officers liability policy providing
for insurance against certain liabilities  incurred by directors and officers of
Community First while serving in their capacities as such.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers of Community First Bancorp, Inc.

         The Articles of Incorporation of Community First Bancorp,  Inc. provide
that the Company will  indemnify  to the fullest  extent  permissible  under the
Maryland  General  Corporation  Law  ("MGCL")  any  individual  who  is or was a
director,  officer,  employee or agent in any proceeding in which the individual
is made a party as a result of his service in such  capacity.  The MGCL provides
that a Maryland  corporation  may indemnify any director or officer made a party
to any civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative proceeding by reason of
serving in such capacity  unless it is established  that (a) the act or omission
of such person was  material to the matter  giving  rise to the  proceeding  and
either was  committed  in bad faith or was the  result of active and  deliberate
dishonesty,  (b) the person actually  received an improper  personal  benefit in
money,  property or services,  or (c) in the case of a criminal proceeding,  the
person  had  reasonable  cause to  believe  the act or  omission  was  unlawful.
Indemnification may be against judgments,  penalties,  fines,  settlements,  and
reasonable expenses (including  attorneys' fees) actually incurred in connection
with  the  proceeding.  If  the  proceeding  was  by  or in  the  right  of  the
corporation,  however, indemnification may not be made if the person is adjudged
to be liable to the corporation.  The corporation  must indemnify  directors and
officers for expenses incurred in contesting any such proceeding if such persons
are successful on the merits, unless the corporation's articles of incorporation
limit such indemnification  (the Company's Articles do not).  Determination that
the indemnification is proper and the amount to be paid in indemnification is to
be  made by a  majority  vote  of a  quorum  of  disinterested  directors  (or a
committee  of  disinterested  directors),  by special  legal  counsel  chosen by
disinterested  directors  (or a committee of  disinterested  directors)  or by a
majority vote of  disinterested  stockholders.  A  corporation  may purchase and
maintain  insurance on behalf of any director or officer  against any  liability
asserted against and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out
of such person's position whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify  against such liability under Maryland law. A corporation  must report
any  indemnification or advance of expenses to a director or officer arising out
of a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to the stockholders of the
corporation.

Directors and Officers Liability Insurance

         Pursuant to the MGCL, the Company is permitted to purchase and maintain
insurance  on  behalf  of an  individual  who  is or  was a  director,  officer,
employee,  or agent of the Company.  The Bank currently  maintains such a policy
and it is intended that the Company will become a party to such policy.

Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

     *  Legal Fees                                                    $ 50,000
     *  Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses                              100,000
     *  Printing, Word Processing, Postage and Mailing                  30,000
     *  Appraisal Fees and Expenses                                     15,000
     *  Accounting Fees and Expenses                                    50,000
     *  Blue Sky Filing Fees and Expenses (including counsel fees)       5,000
     *  Transfer Agent Fees                                              2,500
     *  Conversion Agent Fees                                            9,500
     *  Federal Filing Fees (OTS and SEC)                                8,600
     *  Other Expenses                                                  14,400
                                                                      --------

              Total                                                   $285,000
                                                                      ========
- ------------
*    Estimated.


                                      II-2



Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

         Not applicable.

Item 27.  Exhibits

         The  exhibits  filed as a part of this  registration  statement  are as
follows:




Exhibit No.      Description
- -----------      -----------
            
1                Form of Agency Agreement with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
2                Plan of Conversion (Exhibit A to Proxy Statement filed as Exhibit 99.2)*
3.1              Articles of Incorporation of Community First Bancorp, Inc.*
3.2              Bylaws of Community First Bancorp, Inc.*
4                Form of Common Stock Certificate of Community First Bancorp, Inc.*
5                Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1              Federal Tax Opinion of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC*
8.2              State Tax Opinion of EKW & Associates, llp*
8.3              Opinion of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc., as to the value of subscription rights for
                 tax purposes*
10.1             Employment Agreement between Community First Bank and William M. Tandy
10.2             Form of Change-in-Control Severance Agreement
16               Letter on Change in Certifying Accountants
23.1             Consent of Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC (in their opinions filed as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2             Consent of EKW & Associates, llp
23.3             Consent of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.*
24               Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page of the Form SB-2 as originally filed)
99.1             Proposed Stock Order Form and Form of Certification
99.2             Proxy Statement for Special Meeting of Members of Community First Bank; Form of
                 Proxy*
99.3             Form of Miscellaneous Solicitation and Marketing Materials
99.4             Appraisal Report



         * Previously filed
        ** To be filed

Item 28.  Undertakings

         The undersigned small business issuer will:

                  (1)      File,  during  any period in which it offers or sells
                           securities,  a  post-  effective  amendment  to  this
                           registration statement to:

                  (i)      Include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3)
                           of the Securities Act of 1933;

                  (ii)     Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
                           which,   individually   or   together,   represent  a
                           fundamental  change in the  information  set forth in
                           the registration statement;

                  (iii)    To  include  any   additional  or  changed   material
                           information on the plan of distribution.

         (2) For  determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat each
post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.


                                      II-3



         (3) File a post-effective  amendment or remove from registration any of
the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling
persons of the small business  issuer pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Act, and is  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the small business issuer in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities  being  registered,  the small business
issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the
questions  whether  such  indemnification  by it is  against  public  policy  as
expressed in the Securities  Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication
of such issue.

         If the undersigned  small business issuer relies on Rule 430A under the
Securities Act, the small business issuer will:

         (1) For  determining  any liability under the Securities Act, treat the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus  filed by the small business issuer under Rule 424(b)(1),  or (4), or
497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this registration statement as of the
time the Commission declared it effective.

         (2) For  determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat each
post-effective   amendment   that  contains  a  form  of  prospectus  as  a  new
registration statement for the securities offered in the registration statement,
and that  offering  of the  securities  at that  time as the  initial  bona fide
offering of those securities.


                                      II-4



                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for  filing  on Form  SB-2  and  authorized  this  amended
registration  statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
City of Madisonville, Commonwealth of Kentucky, on May 2, 2003.

                                      COMMUNITY FIRST BANCORP, INC.


                                      By:  /s/William M. Tandy
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           William M. Tandy
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
                                           (Duly Authorized Representative)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
amended  registration  statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated.



                                                                                  
Signatures                           Title                                                  Date

/s/ William M. Tandy                 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director        May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
William M. Tandy                     (Principal Executive Officer)



/s/ Michael D. Wortham*              Vice President and Director                            May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
Michael D. Wortham                   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


/s/ Ralph T. Teague*                 Director                                               May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
Ralph T. Teague


/s/ Paul W. Arison*                  Director                                               May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
Paul W. Arison


/s/ Charlotte E. Baldwin*            Director                                               May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
Charlotte E. Baldwin


/s/ Charles G. Ramsey*               Director                                               May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
Charles G. Ramsey


/s/ J. Craig Riddle*                 Director                                               May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
J. Craig Riddle


/s/ Charles B.Vaughn*                Director                                               May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
Charles B. Vaughn


/s/ Steven E. Carson*                Director                                               May 2, 2003
- ------------------------------------
Steven E. Carson



*By   /s/ William M. Tandy
      ------------------------------                                                        May 2, 2003
      William M. Tandy
      Attorney-in-fact



                                      II-5